Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

advertisement
2015
Faculty of Economic &
Management Sciences
Undergraduate
NOTICE
All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2015. The University reserves the right to
amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice.
Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not
accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar.
The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently
being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project
that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this
calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................. 2
DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY ..................................................... 4
FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF ....................................................................... 5
LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF ............................................................................................ 6
RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ............................................................................................................. 17
BAdmin (Full-Time) ................................................................................................................................. 17
BAdmin (Part-Time) ................................................................................................................................ 22
BCom Full-Time Curriculum ................................................................................................................... 27
BCom Part-Time Curriculum ................................................................................................................... 32
BCom Extended Curriculum..................................................................................................................... 36
BCom (Financial Accounting) .................................................................................................................. 42
BCom (Economics) .................................................................................................................................. 45
BCom (Finance) ....................................................................................................................................... 49
BCom (Human Resource Management) ................................................................................................... 53
BCom (Information Systems) ................................................................................................................... 57
BCom (Management) ............................................................................................................................... 61
BCom (Accounting) ................................................................................................................................. 65
BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum............................................................................................... 69
BCom (Law) ............................................................................................................................................ 73
BEcon (DE) ............................................................................................................................................. 78
Higher Certificate in Economic Development (HCED) ............................................................................ 82
MODULE DESCRIPTORS ................................................................................................................... 84
Extended Curriculla .................................................................................................................................. 84
Business Analysis ..................................................................................................................................... 95
Academic Literacy for Commerce ............................................................................................................ 99
Accounting ............................................................................................................................................ 100
Accounting Related Subjects .................................................................................................................. 106
Economics .............................................................................................................................................. 154
Fair Share (HCED) ................................................................................................................................ 174
Industrial Psychology ............................................................................................................................. 181
Information Systems ............................................................................................................................... 190
School of Business and Finance .......................................................................................................... 132
Law Faculty Module Descriptors............................................................................................................ 204
Political Studies ...................................................................................................................................... 210
Public Administration ............................................................................................................................. 218
Quantitative Skills for Accounting............................................................................................................ 91
Quantitative Skills for Commerce............................................................................................................. 90
Quantitative Skills Finance ...................................................................................................................... 94
Quantitative Skills Foundation ................................................................................................................. 99
Quantitative Skills for Literacy ............................................................................................................... 100
Mathematical & Statistical Sciences ....................................................................................................... 209
Business Statistics................................................................................................................................... 209
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY
All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at:
The University of the Western Cape
Private Bag X17
Bellville
7535
Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to:
The Registrar
University of the Western Cape
Private Bag X17
Bellville
7535
Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to:
Faculty Manager
Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences
The University of the Western Cape
Private Bag X17
Bellville
7535
Tel: +27 (0)21 959 2257
Fax: +27 (0)21 959 3470/2578
Email: [email protected]
CONTACT NUMBERS
UWC Switchboard
UWC Call Centre
General Fax
+27 (0)21 959-2911
+27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3
+27 (0)21 959-3126
THE UNIVERSITY’S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za
GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS
Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from:
Financial Aid Office
University of the Western Cape
Private Bag X17
Bellville
7535
Tel: +27 (0) 21 959 3114
2
CALENDAR
The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts:
Part 1
General Information
Part 2
Faculty of Science
Part 3
Faculty of Arts
Part 4
(a)
Undergraduate
(b)
Postgraduate
Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences
(a)
Undergraduate
(b)
Postgraduate
Part 5
Faculty of Education
Part 6
Faculty of Dentistry
Part 7
Faculty of Law
Part 8
Faculty of Community and Health Sciences
Part 9
Schedule of Fees
A separate publication containing the Faculty’s teaching and examination time-tables is obtainable from
the Faculty Office. Students may also access this information via the student portal.
PLEASE NOTE:
All prospective EMS students will be required to write the National Benchmarking test, which is an
admissions test for placement purposes. Please visit the website for more details: www.nbt.ac.za
3
DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY
DEGREES
Bachelor of Administration
Bachelor of Commerce
Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting
Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting
Bachelor of Commerce in Economics
Bachelor of Commerce in Finance
Bachelor of Commerce in Management
Bachelor of Commerce in Human Resources
Bachelor of Commerce in Information Systems
Bachelor of Commerce in Law
Bachelor of Economics in Development Economics
Bachelor of Administration (Honours)
Bachelor of Commerce (Honours)
Bachelor of Arts Honours
Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance
Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management
Bachelor of Economics (Honours)
Master of Development Studies
Master of Administration
Master of Economics
Master of Commerce
Master of Arts
Master of Public Administration
Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies)
Doctor of Philosophy
BAdmin
BCom
BCom (Acc)
BCom (FinAcc)
BCom (Eco)
BCom(Fin)
BCom(Man)
BCom(HR)
BCom(IFS)
BCom (Law)
BEcon (DE)
BAdmin (Hons)
BCom (Hons)
BA (Hons)
BComHons(Finance)
BComHons(Management)
BEcon (Hons)
DVS
MAdmin
MEcon
MCom
MA
MPA
MPhil (LAS)
PhD
DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES
Advanced Diploma in Management
Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance)
Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning)
Advanced Diploma in Public Administration
Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting
Postgraduate Diploma in Management
Postgraduate Diploma in Finance
Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies
Higher Certificate in Economic Development
AdvDip (Management)
AdvDip (Management) (Finance)
AdvDip (Management) (Financial
Planning)
ADPA
PGDip (Accounting)
PGDip(Management)
PGDip (Finance)
PGDip (LAS)
HCED
ACCESS PROGRAMMES
Management Development Programme
Senior Management Development Programme
Programme in Economic Principles
Programme in Economic Principles and Policy
MDP
SMDP
PEP I
PEPP II
4
FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF
FACULTY BOARD
The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio)
Profs: DJ Visser, F Abrahams, CJ Bakkes, C Cairney, A du Toit, LER De Vries, , M Esau, W Geach,
S Gool, R Hall, M Hara, F Herbst, P Hirschsohn, A Hsieh, K Hodnet, I Ille, M Isaacs, L Loxton, L Piper,
J May, R Peters, J Pretorius, G Ruiters, C Tapscott, L Thompson, JJ Williams.
Extraordinary Prof: D Blackmur, S Devereux, A Erwin, R Pellesier, DI Garach, CJ de Villiers.
B Cousins.
Extraordinary Prof (Associate): O Mollagee, SA Smulders.
Extraordinary Senior Lecturers: Dr B von Lieres, KA Gottschalk, M Aliber, T Leuscher-Mamashela,
M D November,
Drs: C Africa, , F Anciano, A Bayat, J Breytenbach, W Brown, P Brijlal, G Davids, D Desai,
M Dinbabo, M Du Plessis, A Karriem, B Mahembe, E Makaudze, N Mashiyi, V McGhie, J Njenga,
L Pretorius, C Steyn, S Penderis, D Yu, G van Gensen,
Messrs: G Adams, RG Arendse, D Alexander, M Botha, S Bucholtz, G Caseley, R George, G Hearn,
P Hamel, K Heslop, M Hoskins, E Isaacs, J Jansen, S Klein, N Matanga, N Kock, ER Mentoor,
I Mohamed, E Muriro, R Oliver, E Pullen, W Rinquest, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, AJ Saayman, GF Steyn,
G Thaver, E van der Ross, Q Paulsen.
Mmes: A Bayat, C Christians, C Conradie, E Hamel, D Hamman-Fisher, R Jano, L Kimani, J Lawrence,
L Lorente-Quesada, K Mobarak, P Moodley, M Moses, , Z Mitchell, A Mujawamilya, H Naidoo,
L Ndesi, A Noordien, M Otto, J Pretorius, F Petersen, L Svenson, J Terblanche, L Uys, C van den Berg,
S van Staden, B Williams.
Representatives of:
Faculty of Law:
Faculty of Science:
Faculty of Education:
Faculty of Community and Health Sciences:
FACULTY OFFICE STAFF
Dean:
Deputy Dean - Research:
Deputy Dean – Academic:
Faculty Manager:
Senior Faculty Officer:
Faculty Officers:
Administrative Officer:
Mr F Moosa
Mr A Latief
Prof J Smith
Dr S Bassett
DJ Visser, BCom, HDE (Stellenbosch), BCom (Hons)
(South Africa), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch)
(FIAC)
Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN),
BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa
Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA)
P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South
Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT)
W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (Western Cape)
S v Staden, BScocSci (UCT), BPA (Hons) (Stellenbosch)
Cum Laude
M Delport BCom (Western Cape)
M Engel BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)
C Pharoah, (Nat Dipl) (Cape Peninsula UT)
N Nkohla BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)
P Dibela, BCom (Western Cape), BAdmin (Hons) (Western
Cape)
5
Administrative Assistants:
Dean’s Secretary:
Dean’s Administrative Assistant:
Faculty Manager’s Administrative
Assistant:
E Ndayishimiye BCom(Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IFS
(Western Cape)
S Van der Schyff
J Voight
L Naude Dip: Adult Education (Cape Town)
LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF
(Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk (*)
ACCOUNTING
Professors:
Extraordinary Professors:
Associate Professor:
Extraordinary Associate Professor:
Senior Lecturers:
P
Lecturers:
Administrative Officer:
Academic Support Coordinator:
L Loxton B.SC (Stellenbosch), B Acc (Hons) (Stellenbosch),
MBA (South Africa), CA (SA)
CJ Bakkes, MCompt (South Africa), CA (SA)
WD Geach, BA (LLB) (Cape Town), MCom, CTA, FCIS,
CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA,
Fellow of the University of Kwazulu Natal
DI Garach, MCom(Taxation) (UDW), CA(SA)
CJ de Villiers, MBA (US), PhD Commerce (UP), CA(SA)
C Cairney, MCom, (Cape Town), MSc (UWE), CA (SA)
O Mollagee, BCom (Hons Acc) (Western Cape), BCom
(Hons) Taxation (Cape Town), CA (SA)
AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA)
J Jansen, (BCom (Hons) Acc (Kwazulu Natal), CA (SA),
MCom (Accounting Sciences) (UP)
J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (Stellenbosch), BCompt
(Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA)
P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), CA (SA)
J Pretorius, BCom (Hons) (Natal), MCom (NMMU), CA
(SA)
L Uys, MCom (Auditing) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA)
E Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), MCom (Taxation)
(RAU), Diploma Tertiary Education (UNISA)
J Terblanche BCom (ACC) (US), BCom(Hons) (ACC)
(Unisa), HDE (USO), MComm (Computer Auditing) (US),
CA(SA)
RG Arendse, BCom (Finance) (Western Cape), BCom
(Hons) (Investments) (Western Cape), PGDE (Higher
Education) (Cape Town)
A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA)
M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA)
E Pullen, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape), CA (SA)
G Adams, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (Western Cape), CA (SA)
S Klein, PGDA(UCT), CA (SA)
GF Steyn BCom (ACC) (UP), BCom (ACC) (Hons) (US)
I Mohamed, BCom (Hons) (ACC), (UKZN), CA (SA)
Z Mitchell, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (UWC), CA (SA)
B Williams, BCom (ACC)(UWC), BCom(Hons)(UWC), CA
(SA)
D Alexander, PG Dip(Tax Law)(ACC), (Management)
(UCT), CA (SA)
Z Salie
C Jacobs-Williams, BA (Psychology & Sociology) (UWC)
6
Marks Administrators:
E Felaar, NCM (Cape Peninsula UT)
S Couert, BCom (Western Cape) ADM (Postgraduate)
(UWC)
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
Extra-Ordinary Senior Lecturer:
Teaching & Learning Specialist:
Senior Lecturer :
Lecturer:
Assistant Lecturers:
Administrative Officer:
Marks Administrator:
EXTENDED PROGRAMME
Lecturers:
MD NovemberBA (Hons) (Keele), MA (History) (London),
MA (Teaching English as a Second Language) (UCLA),
PhD (UCLA)
*N Mashiyi BA (Hons), BEd (Unitra), MEd (ESL)
(Rhodes), N.D Small Business Management (TSA), PhD
(Education Policy Studies) (University of Pretoria)
VF McGhie, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Linguistics)
(Western Cape), MA (Linguistics) (Western Cape), Higher
Diploma in Education (P/G) (Western Cape), Diploma in
Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD
(Stellenbosch)
L Ndesi, BTh (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Western Cape),
MTh (Western Cape)
N Ayford, BCom (Western Cape)
M de Maar, BCom (Western Cape)
M Februarie, BAdmin (Western Cape)
K Ramongane, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)
L Snyers, BCom (Western Cape)
R May
R Kriel
G Thaver, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape)
Dr D Desai, BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Hons) (Western Cape),
B. Mus. (Mus.Lib.), M.Mus. (Mus. Ed.) (Cape Town), BEd
(SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D. (SA), L.T.C.L.
L Llorente Quesada, B.Com (Honours) (UCLV); MCom
(Western Cape), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town) Summa
Cum Laude
R George, (BTh), BA (Hons) (Western Cape)
E Muriro, BCom Accounting (Western Cape), BCompt
(Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing
(apt)
K Mobarak - (Hons) (UWC), MCom (UWC
Q Paulsen - Management and Finance (Hons) (UWC)
E v d Ross, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape)
P Moodley (B.PAED-PRIM ED) (UDW), (B.Ed Curriculum
Studies – English) (UDW), (Diploma in Ed Management),
(RAU), (Masters in Education) (UWC).
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE
Director/Associate Professor:
Mauerberger Chair in Finance:
Professors:
R Peters, BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MBL
(South Africa), PhD (Johannesburg)
S Gool, BSc (Cape Town), BEcon Hons (Western Cape),
MA Fin (UCalif), HED (South Africa), Chartered Financial
Analyst
P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South
Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT)
7
Associate Professor:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Secretary:
Customer Relations Officer:
Tutor Coordinator:
Administrators:
Administrative Assistant:
F Herbst, Dcom (Pretoria), MCom (Pretoria), National
Higher Diploma: Post School Education (Technikon SA),
BCom (Hons) (UNISA), BCom (Pretoria)
L De Vries, BCom (Hons), STD (Western Cape), MBA
(Stellenbosch)
Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN),
BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa
Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA)
K Hodnett, PhD (UCT), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons)
(UND), Cum Laude, BCom (UND)
P Brijlal, BSc, HDE (Natal), MBA (Durban Westville)
W Brown BSc (UCT), MBA (Finance), (Manchester), PhD
(Stellenbosch)
EBH Isaacs, MCom (Western Cape)
ER Mentoor, MCom (Western Cape)
C Steyn, BA(USB), MPhil (USB), PhD (Pretoria),
Certificate in Coaching Practice (USB).
A Bayat, BA (Medina), BCom (Hons), MCom (Western
Cape)
M. Botha BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), (MCom)
(UCT)
G Caseley, BCom (Natal), BCom (Hons) (South Africa)
Cum Laude, MBA (Witwatersrand) Cum Laude
T Combrinck, HDE, Bed, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western
Cape)
P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), B.Com (Hons) Mgmt &
Finance (Midlands State), MBA (NUST (ZIM)
L Svenson - BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape)
G van Gensen, BA (UWC), MBA (Univ of Wales), BDA
DTech (Cenral Uni of Technology)
N Zumani
Vacant
Josias Hove BCom (University of Zimbabwe)
D Arendse BTech (CPUT)
M Orrie, ADM (Western Cape)
F Petersen
M Paulsen
D Dowman BA (Western Cape)
S James
ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU)
Coordinator:
Vacant
AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE)
Director/Professor:
Administrator:
L Thompson, BA (CAPE TOWN), BA (Hons), MA
(Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape)
Vacant
8
ECONOMICS
Professors:
Associate Professors:
Vacant
Vacant
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Administrative Officers:
Administrative Assistant:
Secretary:
E Makaudze, BSc (UZ), MSc (Agric Econ) (Texas A & M),
MA (OSU), PhD (OSU)
KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon
(Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch)
M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ)
(Western Cape)
A Bayat, BA (Cape Town), BEcon (Econ) (Hons) (Western
Cape), MA (Econ) (William's College)
C Christians, BSc (Physio) (Cape Town), BEcon (Hons)
(Western Cape)
C Dilgee (Postgraduate)
C Arnold (Undergraduate)
Z Duncan, BCom (UWC)
N Mhlongo, BA (Cape Town), (PDOM) (Cape Town)
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Professor:
Associate Professor:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Marks Administrator:
Secretary:
F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude), MEcon
(Western Cape), DCom (South Africa), Registered Industrial
Psychologist with the Health Profession Council of South
Africa (HPCSA)
Vacant
M du Plessis, BA (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Stellenbosch)
MA (Human Resource Management (Stellenbosch), PhD
(Industrial Psychology) (UWC),
Registered Industrial
Psychologist (HPCSA))
K Heslop, BA (Hons) (Psychology UND), BAdmin (Hons)
(Ind Relations); BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Psychology); MAdmin
(Ind Psych), (Cum Laude) (UDW), Registered Industrial
Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Chartered Human
Resource Practitioner (SABPP)
B Mahembe, BSc (Hons) (UZ), BComm (Hons) (Industrial
Psychology (UFH), MComm (Industrial Psychology) by
dissertation (UFH), MComm (Psych) (US), PhD (Industrial
Psychology) (US).
R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape),
Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA),
D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (Cape
Peninsula UT), BAdmin (Hons) (UWC), MA (UWC)
R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (UWC)
F Jasson
D Ferrus, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape)
9
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Professor:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Dept Administrator:
Post-grad Administrator:
Undergrad Administrator:
Vacant
*JK Njenga, BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi); MCom
(IM) (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape)
J Breytenbach, BCom Mathematics (US), MCom IT (UFS),
PhD IS (UP)
G Hearn BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for (Silviculture)
US (MSAIF)
C van den berg, B.Com Marketing (UP), Masters in
Business Administration (US), MPhil (US)
F Petersen B.Com IS (UCT), B.Com IS (Hon)(UCT),
M.Com IS (UWC)
L Kimani, MCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IS
(Western Cape), BCom (Western Cape)
S Viljoen, MTech (CUT)
A Budree, MSc (Financial Economics) (University of
London), BSc (Hons) (South Africa), BSc (IS) (UND)
L Wildscut
W Mwaba, BA (North West)
A Mujawamilya, BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons)
(Western Cape), MPhil (Population Studies) (Western Cape)
LAW FACULTY
Mercantile Law and Labour Law
Head of Department:
Professors:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Employment Law:
Company Law:
Social Security Law:
Public Law:
Prof. MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLM (Free State), LLM
(Canbtab), Adv of High Court of SA
D Du Toit, BA, LLB (Cape Town), LLD (Leiden), Prof
Emeritus (Western Cape), Attorny of the High Court of SA
ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD
(Western Cape)
MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM
(Cantab), Adv of High Court of SA
GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Adv of High
Court of SA
E Huysamen, LLB, LLM (Cum Laude) (Stellenbosch),
Attorny of the High Court of SA
P Koornhof BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the
High Court of SA
F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (Western Cape), LLM (Cape Town),
Attorny of the High Court of SA
P S Bolton, BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape), Advocate of
the High Court of SA
G F Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the
High Court of SA
A von Zelewski, First & Second State Examinations in Law
(Germany), Attorney of the High Court of SA
B Conradie
K Chinnian-Kester, BA, LLB, LLM (Western Cape)
10
POLITICAL STUDIES
Professor:
Extra-ordinary Senior Lecturer:
Senior Lecturer
Lecturer:
Administrator:
L Piper PhD (Cambridge)
J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge)
B von Lieres, BA (Hons), MA (Witwatersrand), DPhil
(University of Essex)
C Africa (PhD) (Cape Town)
JM Hoskins, BA; BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape)
F Anciano PHd (University of London)
N Matshanda, PHd (University of Edinburgh)
Nadia Jansen
GC van Rooyen, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)
MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Dept Chairperson:
Admin Assistant:
Professors:
Associate Professors:
Extra-Ordinary Profs:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Senior Officer:
Officers:
Administrative Assistant:
Prof RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc, (Stellenbosch),
PhD (Stellenbosch)
GL Hendricks, DipExSecr (Bellv Acad/Boston House)
RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc (Stellenbosch), PhD
(Stellenbosch)
PJ Witbooi, MSc (Western Cape), PhD (Cape Town)
F Benyah, PhD (Western Australia, Perth)
J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London)
N Marcus, BSc (Hons) (South Africa), PhD (Cape Town)
E Mwambene, Drrernat (Vienna)
K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur, India)
M Mdekazi, MSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Cape Town)
MR Omar, HDE, PhD (Cape Town)
W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa), MSc (Cape
Town), PhD (Western Cape)
M Mohlala, PhD (Howard University)
MG Salasa, BSc (Hons) (Western Cape)
B May, BSc, HDE, Bed (Western Cape)
A Taylor, BSc, HDE (Western Cape)
F Karriem, MSc (Western Cape)
J Wyngaardt, BSc(Hons)(Western Cape)
GL Hendricks, (Dip EX Secr) (Bellv Acad/Boston House)
STATISTICS
Dept Chairperson:
Admin Assistant:
Professors:
Associate Professor:
Extraordinary Prof:
Senior Lecturers:
Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD
(Pretoria)
L Selbourne, BTh (Urbanium University-Rome)
C Koen, PhD (Cape Town), PhD (Rand Afrikaans
University)
D Kotze, DCom (Stellenbosch), MSc (South Africa), MBL
(South Africa)
RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria)
R Shell, PhD (Yale)
H Doctor, PhD, MA (Demography) (Pennsylvania
University)
G Tati, PhD (Univ of Bristol), DEA (Univ of Paris,
Pantheon-Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise (Univ of
Congo), Licence (Univ of Congo)
11
Lecturers:
Chief Officers:
Senior Officer:
A Latief, MSc (Western Cape)
N Stiegler, DEA, Institut d'etudes demographiques universté
de Bordeaux Maitrise and Licence, Universté montesquieu
Bordeaux IV
N Makapela, MSc (Western Cape)
L Corker, BSc (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), MSc (Cape
Town)
R Lombard, MSc (Western Cape)
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT
Director
Associate Professor:
Senior Lecturer:
Admin Officer:
Librarian:
Training Division Manager:
Administrator:
Finance Manager:
Administrator:
P/G Programme Coordinator:
Senior P/G Administrator:
P/G Administrator:
Associate Proffessor:
Senior Lecturer U/G Programme
Coordinator:
U/G Programme Administrator:
Fair Share Division Manager
C. Tapscott, PhD (London), MSoc Sc (Birmingham), BSocSc
(Hons), PA(UCT)
G Ruiters, MA (Wits University), PhD (JohnsHopkins,
USA)
MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (Western Cape)
JJ Williams BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum
Laude),MA(UWC),MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA)
I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA,
(University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University
of Pretoria)
G Davids, PhD (Western Cape)
F Hendricks, Secretarial Diploma (Todds Commercial
College)
N Seymour, BA (Western Cape)
E Hamza, MAdmin (Public Administration) (US), BAdmin
(Hons) (Western Cape)
V Haywood, PGDG (Western Cape)
A D Roman, MAdmin (Public Finance) (UWC), BCom (Hons)
(Western Cape) BA (Western Cape), HDE (Western Cape)
B Du Plessis, ADM (Western Cape), BCom (Hons)
(Management) (Western Cape)
L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE, BA
(Cape Town), MA (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape)
L Festers
B Maart
I Ille, Bed (Hons) (University of Ibadan) Nigeria, MPA,
(University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (Pretoria)
GJ Davids, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) Dev
(Stellenbosch), Phd (Western Cape), PMD (Harvard), CIFE
(IIAP-France)
L Eyssen
T Khaile, MA in Public Management (Witwatersrand),
(Witwatersrand) MPhil Public Law (Western Cape)
F Miso, BA, BA (Hons) MPA (Western Cape)
L Petersen, HCED (Certificate)
B Mtsotso, ADPA (Diploma)
12
INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS)
DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof:
Director /Prof:
Associate Professors:
B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim)
A du Toit, MA (Stellenbosch), PhD (Essex)
M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (Western Cape)
R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (Cape Town), MPhil (Oxford) DPhil
(Sussex)
M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (Western Cape)
Senior Researcher:
B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil (Western Cape)
D Miller, MA, PhD (John Hopkins)
G Paradza, MSc(Zim), PhD (Wageningen)
D Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes)
Researchers:
C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu-Natal)
L Loate, BA (Western Cape), MPA (Pretoria)
E Sulle, BA (Tanzania), M.Pub Policy (Maryland)
A dub, MPhil (Western Cape)
Research Iterns:
M Ngubane, MA (Free State)
A Okunlola, MA (Western Cape)
D Chikazunga, MSc (Zimbabwe)
B Ntwana, MPA (Western Cape)
Administrative Manager:
U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape), Dip Adult Ed
(Cape Town)
Financial Manager:
T Reddy, Dipl Fin Acc (Instit of Admin &
Comm)
Senior Finance Officer:
F Oeja, Dip Fin Acc (Varsity College)
D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (Cape Peninsula
UT)
Information & Communications Officer: R Pointer, BJourn (Rhodes)
Librarian:
G Kerchhoff, BA (Natal), HDipl Lib& Info Sc (Cape Town)
Senior Administrator:
T Warries, Sec.Dipl (Maurice), Pub Rel Cert (Damelin)
Senior Administrator:
C Henry, BCom (Western Cape)
Admin Officer:
J van Dieman, BA (Wetsern Cape), Secr Dipl (Collingwood)
B Malama, BA (Hons) (Weatern Cape)
Senior Student Assistant:
L Ncoliwe, BCom (Western Cape)
INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (ISD)
Director:
Extraordinary Professor:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturer:
DAAD Fellow:
Administrative Officer:
J May, B.Soc.Sci (UN), B.Soc.Sci (Hons) (UN), M.Soc.Sci
(UN), PhD (UKZN)
S Devereux, BA (UCT), MPhil, DPhil (Oxon) (Luca
d’Angliano Award for Development Research; Africa
Studies Association Dissertation Prize)
S P Penderis, PhD (UWC), MA (Cum Laude) (US), BA
(Hons) (Cum Laude), BA (US)
A Karriem, BA, BA (Hons) (UWC), M.R.P, PhD (Cornell)
Adv N Kock, B-Iuris, LLB (UWC)
C M Conradie, BA, BA (Hons) (Cum Laude) (Pretoria), MA
(Cum Laude)(Western Cape), MPhil (Cum Laude) (US)
M F Dinbaso, BSc, MA (UWC), MA (RUB), PhD (UWC)
Vacant
P M Kippie
13
AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY
The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 1990 to:
•
•
•
Research and disseminate findings on southern African issues, particularly those of a social,
economic, and political nature;
Educate South Africans in regional and international relations through appropriate academic and
Adult Education courses;
Raise public awareness of southern African questions through conferences, symposia, and
workshops.
The ACCEDE’s establishment was motivated by a concern that regional and international issues have
traditionally been held outside the domain of South Africa’s majority and that the history of domination,
conflict, and aggression, which has characterised relations between South Africa and its neighbours in the
past, requires:
•
•
The conduct of research in South Africa relevant to the construction of a peace-oriented, nonmilitaristic, non-hegemonic cooperative order in southern Africa after apartheid.
An analysis of current and future problems from the point of view of promoting a new type of
regional role for a democratic South Africa.
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT
The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the
development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the production of appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators;
the production of knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of
governance and administration;
the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct,
transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political
and administrative transformation in South Africa.
to broaden the School’s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black
students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other
related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.);
to give the School’s programmes a more relevant practical orientation in addition to theoretical and
descriptive understanding and knowledge;
to introduce new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative, interactive and
experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and
to use more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and
competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge.
INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS)
Vision and Mission
PLAAS engages in research, training, policy development and advocacy in relation to land and agrarian
reform, rural governance and natural resource management.
PLAAS is committed to social change that empowers the poor, builds democracy, and enhances
sustainable livelihoods. Gender equity is integral to these goals.
PLAAS aims for rigour in its scholarship, excellence in its training, and effectiveness in its policy support
and advocacy. It strives to play a critical yet constructive role in processes of social, economic, and
political transformation.
14
FAIR SHARE
Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the
School of Government’s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share is the
unit that works primarily within communities to assist civil society organisations to participate in
municipal governance. The focus of our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate
effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes.
A meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a key
focus of Fair Share’s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e. Certificate
in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share has developed
various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees,
municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental organisations.
Programmes
Local Economic Development (LED)
The Local Economic Development Programme is line with the mission of the School of Government and
in particular that of Fair Share which is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders to play
a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand alone
course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5.
Higher Certificate in Economic development (HCED)
The HCED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was
designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist the organization’s and
communities to participate in economic development processes of their communities.
The HCED strives to, in a focused and in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. It
utilizes contracted experienced facilitators from and outside Fair Share. The HCED is offered through
both an on-site learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and
methods. A central aspect of the delivery is that participants are required to apply their learning in their
community and organisational contexts.
Participants are recruited from the Limpopo, KwaZulu-Natal, Eastern Cape, Western and North West
provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, non-governmental
organizations and from municipalities. To date, since 2003 177 students have participated in the CED.
Research and Publications
To ensure that our work is constantly responding to the changing needs in the various contexts where we
work, on-going research is critical. The research agenda is thus shaped by the needs emerging from the
various programmes and projects. Accordingly, publications are regularly produced to inform and educate
ourselves and community organizations on matters of local government and broad range of social and
economic development issues.
Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share
with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with
communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work.
15
Advanced Diploma in Public Administration
The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National
Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6.
The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development
organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who
aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors.
THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU)
The Entrepreneurship Development Unit (EDU) is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF).
The mission of the (EDU) is to promote enterprise development focusing on the small and medium
enterprise (SME) sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of
linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of specific training
and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both students and SME
owners) to be able to manage more effectively and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with
organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and development within the South African
context.
The specific aims are:
•
to coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the sector
•
to coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the SBF
which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or
providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise
•
to partner the SBF in developing and teaching a specialized entrepreneurship programme to
aspirant entrepreneurs and SME owners to develop professionalize and grow their operations,
•
enable graduates to work with NGO’s, government, financial institutions in providing
management, financial consultancy and other support to the SME sector.
•
to provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the SME
community
•
to develop and present short courses to address particular SME organizational requirements
and
•
to develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses and Entrepeneur Development
Programmes, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other units in the
Faculty.
16
RULES FOR PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1011) (3yrs-f/time)
D.1
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Administration
D.1.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy
D.1.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has obtained
the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a
D (50%).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D. 2
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.3
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time
study.
D.4
CURRICULUM
D.4.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1
Political Studies 131
Public Administration 131
South African Politics and Government 132
Academic Literacy for Commerce 131
Information Systems 132
17
Alpha Code
Cred
POL131
PUA131
GOV132
ALC131
IFS132
15
15
15
15
15
Group 2 (select 1 module)
Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141
Quantitative Skills for Comm. 131
Electives (select 2 modules to the value of 30 credits)
Financial Accounting 143
Business Statistics 132
Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)
Industrial Psychology 132
Principles of Business Management 132
Statistics 142
Sub-total
D.4.2
15
15
FIA143
BUS132
ECO134
IPS132
MAN132
STA142
120
15
15
15
15
15
15
Alpha Code
Cred
POL231
POL232
PUA211
PUA212
PUA221
PUA222
20
20
10
10
10
10
ECO231
ECO232
ECO233
ECO234
10
10
10
10
IPS231
IPS232
IPS233
IPS234
10
10
10
10
IFS231
IFS233
20
20
MAN231
MAN233
MAN234
MAN235
10
10
10
10
MAN201
MAN206
MAN231
MAN233
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
POL331
POL332
30
30
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Political Studies 231
Political Studies 232
Public Administration 211
Public Administration 212
Public Administration 221
Public Administration 222
Electives (select 1 group)
Group 1
Economics 231
Economics 232
Economics 233
Economics 234
Group 2
Industrial Psychology 231
Industrial Psychology 232
Industrial Psychology 233
Industrial Psychology 234
Group 3
Information Systems 231
Information Systems 233
Group 4 (Management)
Marketing
Operations
Business Finance
Finance and Analytical Techniques
Group 5 (SME Management)
Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business
Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises
Marketing
Operations
D.4.3
QLC141
QSC131
Level 3
Option 1 (select both groups)
Module Name
Group 1
Political Studies 331
Political Studies 332
18
Group 2
Public Administration 311
Public Administration 313
Public Administration 321
Public Administration 323
Option 2 (select 1 group from option 1 and one group from option 2)
Module Name
Group 1 (if not selected in option 1)
Political Studies 331
Political Studies 332
Group 2 (if not selected in option 1)
Public Administration 311
Public Administration 313
Public Administration 321
Public Administration 323
Group 3
Compulsory
Economics 331
Economics 332
Electives (select 1 sub-group)
Group 3.1
Economics 311
Economics 335
Group 3.2
Economics 334
Economics 336
Group 4
Industrial Psychology 331
Industrial Psychology 333
Industrial Psychology 335
Industrial Psychology 337
Group 5
Information Systems 361
Information Systems 362
Group 6
Strategic Management
Research and Communication for Business
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Financial Management
Group 7
Strategic Management
Research and Communication for Business
Services Marketing
Project Management
D.5
PUA311
PUA313
PUA321
PUA323
15
15
15
15
Alpha Code
Cred
POL331
POL332
30
30
PUA311
PUA313
PUA321
PUA323
15
15
15
15
ECO331
ECO332
15
15
ECO311
ECO335
15
15
ECO334
ECO336
15
15
IPS331
IPS333
IPS335
IPS337
15
15
15
15
IFS361
IFS362
30
30
MAN304
MAN314
MAN305
MAN312
15
15
15
15
MAN304
MAN314
MAN303
MAN325
Sub-total
TOTAL
15
15
15
15
120
360
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.6
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:
19
D.6.1
Level 1
D.6.1.1
A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of registration and
90 credits per annum thereafter to be promoted.
D.6.1.2
After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills
for Commerce (QSC131/132).
D.6.1.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.6.1.4
After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules (120 credits) in
order to promote.
D.6.2
Level 2
D.6.2.1
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.6.2.2
After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.6.3
Level 3
D.6.3.1
A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.6.3.2
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.6.3.3
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.7
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.7.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all
the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.7.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all
the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.8
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:
D.9
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.9.1
No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;
D.9.2
The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;
D.9.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
20
D.9.4
Transferring to BCom Degree
The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the
BCom Degree:
D.9.4.1
A pass in 75 of the 90 compulsory BAdmin 1st year credits
D.9.4.2
Passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment full-time or in two years part-time
enrolment
D.9.4.3
To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation with
the curriculum advisor.
D.9.5
Major Subjects
Unless the Senate determines otherwise:
D.9.5.1
Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration
or Political Studies and
D.9.5.2
A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
Industrial Psychology
Economics
Political Studies and/or Public Administration
Management or SME Management
Information Systems
D.9.5.3
Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level
subject.
D.9.6
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
D.9.7
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC 131/132) or Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.9.8
To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in QSC is required.
D.9.9
ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics.
D.9.10
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
D.9.11
Students do not require a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or
Mathematics (MA126) to register for MAN231, 233, 201, and 206.
D.9.12
SME Management is recommended for students planning on working for government agencies
in advising or supporting SME’s.
D.9.13
Students who register for SME Management at 3rd year level may not be able to continue to
Honours level in Management.
21
BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1018) (4yrs-p/time)
D.10
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Administration
D.10.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy
D.10.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has obtained
the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a
D (50%).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.11
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.12
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of part-time
study.
D.13
CURRICULUM
D.13.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131
Information Systems 132
South African Politics and Government 132
Group 2 (select 1 module)
Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141
Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131(Maths Level 4 required)
22
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
IFS132
GOV132
15
15
15
QLC141
QSC131
Sub-total
15
15
60
D.13.2
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1
Political Studies 131
Public Administration 131
Group 2 (select 1 module)
Financial Accounting 141
Economics 133 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)
Industrial Psychology 132
Principles of Management 132
Group 3 (select 1 module)
Business Statistics 131
Statistics 141
D.13.3
15
15
FIA141
ECO133
IPS132
MAN132
15
15
15
15
BUS131
STA141
Sub-total
15
15
75
Alpha Code
Cred
POL231
POL232
PUA211
PUA212
PUA221
PUA222
20
20
10
10
10
10
ECO231
ECO232
ECO233
ECO234
10
10
10
10
IPS231
IPS232
IPS233
IPS234
10
10
10
10
IFS 231
IFS233
20
20
MAN231
MAN233
MAN234
MAN235
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
POL331
POL332
30
30
PUA311
PUA313
15
15
Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Political Studies 231
Political Studies 232
Public Administration 211
Public Administration 212
Public Administration 221
Public Administration 222
Electives (select 1 group)
Group 1
Economics 231
Economics 232
Economics 233
Economics 234
Group 2
Industrial Psychology 231
Industrial Psychology 232
Industrial Psychology 233
Industrial Psychology 234
Group 3
Information Systems 231
Information Systems 233
Group 4
Marketing
Operations
Business Finance
Finance and Analytical Techniques
D.13.4
POL131
PUA131
Level4
Option 1 (select both groups)
Module Name
Group 1
Political Studies 331
Political Studies 332
Group 2
Public Administration 311
Public Administration 313
23
Public Administration 321
Public Administration 323
Option 2 (select 1 group from option 1 and one group from option 2)
Module Name
Group 1 (if not selected in option 1)
Political Studies 331
Political Studies 332
Group 2 (if not selected in option 1)
Public Administration 311
Public Administration 313
Public Administration 321
Public Administration 323
Group 3
Compulsory
Economics 331
Economics 332
Electives (select 2 modules)
Economics 335
Economics 311 (compulsory for Hons in ECO)
Economics 336
Group 4
Industrial Psychology 331
Industrial Psychology 333
Industrial Psychology 335
Industrial Psychology 337
Group 5
Information Systems 361
Information Systems 362
Group 6
Strategic Management
Research and Communication for Business
Employee Management
Project Management
D.14
PUA321
PUA323
15
15
Alpha Code
Cred
POL331
POL332
30
30
PUA311
PUA313
PUA321
PUA323
15
15
15
15
ECO331
ECO332
15
15
ECO335
ECO311
ECO336
15
15
15
IPS331
IPS333
IPS335
IPS337
15
15
15
15
IFS361
IFS362
30
30
MAN304
MAN314
MAN324
MAN325
Sub-total
TOTAL
15
15
15
15
120
360
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.15
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:
D.15.1
A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of registration and
60 credits per annum thereafter in order to promote.
D.15.2
After two years of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills
for Commerce (QSC131/132).
D.15.3
After three years of enrolment passed all 1st year level modules.
D.15.4
After five years of enrolment passed all 2nd year level modules.
D.15.5
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
24
D.15.6
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.15.7
A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.15.8
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.15.9
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or
when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.16
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
After Hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and corequisites of the intended modules and provided that modules are offered after-hours in a particular
academic year.
D.17
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:
D.18
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.18.1
Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a
single semester.
D.18.2
Each student should register for a minimum of 60 credits per annum in order to complete in
the maximum period allowed;
D.18.3
Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a
single semester.
D.18.4
Students transferring from full-time studies are required to follow the curriculum offered
during evening classes.
D.18.5
Transferring to BCom Degree
The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin
to the BCom Degree:
D.18.5.1
A pass in 75 of the 90 compulsory BAdmin 1st year credits
D.18.5.2
Passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment full-time or in two years part-time
enrolment
D.18.5.3
To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation
with the curriculum advisor.
D.18.6
Major Subjects
Unless the Senate determines otherwise:
D.18.6.1
Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration
or Political Studies and
25
D.18.6.2
A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
Industrial Psychology
Economics
Political Studies and/or Public Administration
Management
Information Systems
D.18.6.3 Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level
subject.
D.18.7
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
D.18.8
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 or Business Statistics a pass
in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.18.9
To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC131/132) is required.
D.18.10
ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics.
D.18.11
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
26
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1008) (3 yrs- full-time)
D.19
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce
D.19.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
D.19.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and
(b)
OR
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.20
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.21
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time
study.
D.22
CURRICULUM
D.22.1
Level 1
Module Name
Alpha Code
Cred
Compulsory
Group 1 (select all modules)
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131
Business Statistics 132
Financial Accounting 141
Information Systems 131
Principles of Business Management 131
Group 2 (select 1 sub-group)
Group 2.1
Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd year level)
27
ALC131
BUS132
FIA141
IFS131
MAN131
15
15
15
15
15
ECO134
15
Group 2.2 (select both modules to continue with ECO at 2nd year level)
Microeconomics 141
Macroeconomics 142
Group 3 (select 1 module)
Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131
Mathematics 126 (EMS)
Electives (select 1 module) Students who choose MAM126 and FIA142
are required to choose 2 electives)
Industrial Psychology 132
Financial Accounting 142
Mercantile Law 102
Statistics 121 (only for students wishing to major in Statistics)
D.22.2
ECO141
ECO142
10
10
QSC131
MAM126
15
10
IPS132
FIA142
MER102
STA121
Sub-total
15
10
15
15
115-130
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA241
FIA242
20
20
ECO231
ECO232
ECO234
ECO242
10
10
10
10
AUD241
AUD242
MAC241
FIM242
10
10
10
10
IPS231
IPS232
IPS233
IPS234
10
10
10
10
IFS231
IFS233
20
20
MAN231
MAN233
MAN234
MAN235
10
10
10
10
STA211
STA221
20
20
MCR221
BET242
CPL211
TAX242
10
10
10
10
Level 2
Compulsory - (Select 3 groups to the value of 40 credits each)
Group 1
Financial Accounting 241
Financial Accounting 242
Group 2
Economics 231
Economics 232
Economics 234
Econometrics 242
Group 3
Internal Auditing 241
Internal Auditing 242
Management Accounting 241
Financial Management 242
Group 4
Industrial Psychology 231
Industrial Psychology 232
Industrial Psychology 233
Industrial Psychology 234
Group 5
Information Systems 231
Information Systems 233
Group 6
Marketing
Operations
Business Finance
Finance and Analytical Techniques
Group 7
Statistics 211
Statistics 221
Group 8 (select 1 sub-group)
Group 8.1
Mercantile Law 221
Business Ethics 242
Company Law 211
Taxation 242
28
Group 8.2
Business Analysis201
Business Analysis203
Business Analysis 204
Business Analysis 202
D.22.3
BSA201
BSA203
BSA204
BSA202
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
ECO331
ECO332
15
15
ECO311
ECO335
15
15
ECO334
ECO336
15
15
MAN307
MAN308
MAN305
MAN312
15
15
15
15
FIA341
FIA342
30
30
IPS331
IPS333
IPS335
IPS337
15
15
15
15
MAN314
MAN304
15
15
MAN305
MAN325
MAN303
15
15
15
MAN314
MAN304
MAN305
MAN312
15
15
15
15
IST310
IST309
15
15
MAN307
MAN308
15
15
MAN303
MAN325
15
15
Level 3
Module Name - Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120)
Group 1
Compulsory
Economics 331
Economics 332
Electives (select 1 sub-group)
Group1.1
Economics 311
Economics 335
Group 1.2 (Students selecting this group will not qualify for
admission to Honours)
Economics 334
Economics 336
Group 2 (Finance)
Investment Management
Investment Analysis
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Financial Management
Group 3
Financial Accounting 341
Financial Accounting 342
Group 4
Industrial Psychology 331
Industrial Psychology 333
Industrial Psychology 335
Industrial Psychology 337
Group 5 (Management)
Research and Communication for Business
Strategic Management
Elective (select 2 of)
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Project Management
Services Marketing
Group 6 (Finance)
Research and Communication for Business
Strategic Management
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Financial Management
Group 7 (Insurance)
Compulsory
Long Term Insurance
Short Term Insurance
Electives (Select 2 of)
Investment Management AND
Investment Analysis
OR
Services Marketing AND
Project Management
29
Group 8 (Select 2 modules with the assistance of STA HOD)
Statistics 331
Statistics 332
Statistics 333
Group 9
Information Systems 361
Information Systems 362
Group 10
Management Accounting 341
Financial Management 342
Taxation 343
D.23
STA331
STA332
STA333
30
30
30
IFS361
IFS362
30
30
MAC341
FIM342
TAX343
Sub-total
Total
15
15
30
120
355-370
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.24
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.
D.24.1
Level 1
D.24.1.1
A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90
credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).
D.24.1.2
After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or MAM126.
D.24.1.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.24.1.4
After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to
promote.
D.24.2
Level 2
D.24.2.1
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.24.2.2
After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.24.3
Level 3
D.24.3.1
A student shall complete the degree once 355-370 credits are obtained and all the requirements
for the degree are met.
D.24.3.2
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.24.3.3
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
30
D.25
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.25.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.25.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year
credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.26
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the
University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.
D.27
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.27.1
No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.
D.27.2
The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;
D.27.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.27.4
Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics
may register for Mathematics (MAM126).
D.27.5
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.
D.27.6
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
D.27.7
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.27.8
To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC131/132) or MAM126 or QSA131 or QSF141 is required
D.27.9
ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics
D.27.10
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
31
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1101) (After-hours)
D.28
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce
D.28.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
.
D.28.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.29
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.30
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of part-time
study.
D.31
CURRICULUM
D.31.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131
Information Systems 132
Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131
Principles of Business Management 132
32
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
IFS132
QSC131
MAN132
Sub-total
15
15
15
15
60
D.31.2
LEVEL 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Financial Accounting 141
Business Statistics 131
Economics 133 (60% Required to continue with Eco at 2nd Level )
Electives (Select 1 Module)
Industrial Psychology 132
Financial Accounting 142 (Offered Every Alternate Year From 2014)
D.31.3
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA141
BUS131
ECO133
15
15
15
IPS132
15
FIA142
10
SUB-TOTAL 60
Level 3
Module Name (Select 3 Groups To The Value Of 40 Credits Each)
Group 1 (Offered Every Alternate Year From 2015)
Financial Accounting 241
Financial Accounting 242
Group 2
Economics 231
Economics 232
Economics 233
Economics 234
Group 3
Industrial Psychology 231
Industrial Psychology 232
Industrial Psychology 233
Industrial Psychology 234
Group 4
Marketing
Operations
Business Finance
Finance And Analytical Techniques
Group 5
Information Systems 231
Information Systems 233
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA241
FIA242
20
20
ECO231
ECO232
ECO233
ECO234
10
10
10
10
IPS231
IPS232
IPS233
IPS234
10
10
10
10
MAN231
MAN233
MAN234
MAN235
10
10
10
10
IFS231
20
IFS233
20
SUB-TOTAL 120
D.31.4
LEVEL 4
Module Name - Select 2 Groups (Majors) (2 X 60 = 120)
Group 1 (See Honours Requirements)
Compulsory
Economics 331
Economics 332
Electives (Choose 2 Modules)
Economics 311
Economics 336
International Economics 335
Group 2
Compulsory
Research And Communication For Business
Strategic Management
Electives (Select 2 Modules)
Financial And Analytical Techniques
Financial Management
Employee Management
33
Alpha Code
Cred
ECO331
ECO332
15
15
ECO311
ECO336
ECO335
15
15
15
MAN314
MAN304
15
15
MAN305
MAN312
MAN324
15
15
15
Project Management
Group 3
Investment Management
Investment Analysis
Short Term Insurance
Long Term InsurancE
Group 4
Industrial Psychology 331
Industrial Psychology 333
Industrial Psychology 335
Industrial Psychology 337
Group 5
Information Systems 361
Information Systems 362
D.32
MAN325
15
MAN307
MAN308
IST309
IST310
15
15
15
15
IPS331
IPS333
IPS335
IPS337
15
15
15
15
IFS361
IFS362
SUB-TOTAL
TOTAL
30
30
120
360
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.33
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.
D.33.1
A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 60 credits per
annum thereafter.
D.33.2
After two years of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132).
D.33.3
After three years of enrolment a student must have passed all 1st and 2nd year level modules.
D.33.4
After five years of enrolment a student must have passed all 3rd year level modules.
D.33.5
A student shall be promoted to level 3 on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.33.6
A student shall be promoted to level 4 on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.33.7
A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.33.8
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.33.9
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or
when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.34
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
After-hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the
prerequisites and co- requisites of the intended modules, and provided that modules are
offered after- hours in a particular academic year.
D.35
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the
University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.
34
D.36
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.36.1
After-hours students may not register for more than 90 credits in any year or 50 credits in a
single semester.
D.36.2
The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;
D.36.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.36.4
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC131) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for
Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) to proceed with
studies.
D.36.5
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
D.36.6
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.36.7
To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC131/132) is required.
D.36.8
ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics
D.36.9
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
35
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) – BCom (1751)
(4 yrs-full time)
D.37
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce
D.37.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
•
Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy
D.37.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.38
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.39
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of full-time
study.
D.40
CURRICULUM
D.40.1
Level 1
D.40.1.1 Students who passed Mathematics (Level 3 or better)
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Business 131
Introduction to the Economy and Business 133
Quantitative Skills Foundation 131
Introduction to SA Accounting 130
Introduction to Information Systems 131
Academic Literacy for Commerce 132
Principles of Business Management 132
Quantitative Skills for Commerce 132
36
Alpha Code
Cred
ALB131
IEB133
QSF131
ACC130
IFS131
ALC132
MAN132
QSC132
Sub-total
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
120
D.40.1.2 Students who passed Maths Literacy (Level 5 or better)
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Business 131
Introduction to the Economy and Business 133
Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141
Quantitative Skills Foundation 132
Introduction to Information Systems 131
Academic Literacy for Commerce 132
Principles of Business Management 132
Industrial Psychology 132
D.40.2
Level 2
D.40.2.1 Students who passed Mathematics (Level 3 or better)
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1
Intensive Reading and Writing
Analytical and Critical Thinking 1
Analytical and Critical Thinking 2
Financial Accounting 141
Business Statistics 132
Group 2 (select 1 sub-group)
Group 2.1
Economics 133 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)
Group 2.2
Micro-Economics 141
Macro-Economics 142
Group 3 (Select 1 module)
Quantitative Analysis for Commerce
South African Politics and Government 132
Group 4 (select 1 module)
Industrial Psychology 132
Mathematics 126
Mercantile Law 102
Financial Accounting 142
D.40.2.2 Students who passed Maths Literacy (Level 5 or better)
Module Name
Group 1
Intensive Reading and Writing
Introduction to SA Accounting 133
Analytical and Critical Thinking 1
Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131
Financial Accounting 143
Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)
Business Statistics 132
Group 2 (select 1 module)
Quantitative Analysis for Commerce 231
South African Politics and Government 132
Analytical and Critical Thinking 2
37
Alpha Code
Cred
ALB131
IEB133
QLC141
QSF132
IFS131
ALC132
MAN132
IPS132
Sub-total
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
120
Alpha Code
Cred
IRF231
ACF231
ACF232
FIA141
BUS132
15
15
15
15
15
ECO133
15
ECO141
ECO142
10
10
QAC231
GOV132
15
15
IPS132
MAM126
MER102
FIA142
Sub-total
15
10
15
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
IRF231
ACC133
ACF231
QSC131
FIA143
ECO134
BUS132
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
QAC231
GOV132
ACF232
Sub-total
15
15
15
120
D.40.3
Level 3
Module Name (select 3 groups)
Group 1
Financial Accounting 241
Financial Accounting 242
Group 2
Economics 231
Economics 232
Economics 234
Econometrics 242
Group 3
Internal Auditing 241
Internal Auditing 242
Management Accounting 241
Financial Management 242
Group 4
Industrial Psychology 231
Industrial Psychology 232
Industrial Psychology 233
Industrial Psychology 234
Group 5
Information Systems 231
Information Systems 233
Group 6
Compulsory
Marketing
Operations
Electives (select 1 sub group)
Group 6.1 (Management)
Business Finance
Finance and Analytical Techniques
Group 6.2 (SME Management)
Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business
Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises
Group 7
Statistics 211
Statistics 221
Group 8
Mercantile Law 221
Business Ethics 242
Company Law 211
Taxation 242
D.40.4
Level 4
Option A – Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120)
Module Name
Group 1
Compulsory
Economics 331
Economics 332
Electives (select 1 of 2 sub-groups)
Group 1.1
Economics 311
International Economics 335
38
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA241
FIA242
20
20
ECO231
ECO232
ECO234
ECO242
10
10
10
10
AUD241
AUD242
MAC241
FIM242
10
10
10
10
IPS231
IPS232
IPS233
IPS234
10
10
10
10
IFS231
IFS233
20
20
MAN231
MAN233
10
10
MAN234
MAN235
10
10
MAN201
MAN206
10
10
STA211
STA221
20
20
MCR221
BET242
CPL211
TAX242
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
ECO331
ECO332
15
15
ECO311
ECO335
15
15
Group 1.2 (students selecting this group will not qualify for admission to Honours)
Economics 336
ECO336
Economics 334
ECO334
Group 2
Investment Management
MAN307
Investment Analysis
MAN308
Financial and Analytical Techniques
MAN305
Financial Management
MAN312
Group 3
Financial Accounting 341
FIA341
Financial Accounting 342
FIA342
Group 4
Industrial Psychology 331
IPS331
Industrial Psychology 333
IPS333
Industrial Psychology 335
IPS335
Industrial Psychology 337
IPS337
Group 5
Research and Communication for Business
MAN314
Strategic Management
MAN304
Elective (select 2 of)
Financial and Analytical Techniques
MAN305
Services Marketing
MAN303
Project Management
MAN325
Group 6
Research and Communication for Business
MAN314
Strategic Management
MAN304
Financial and Analytical Techniques
MAN305
Financial Management
MAN312
Group 7 (Insurance)
Compulsory
Long Term Insurance
IST310
Short Term Insurance
IST309
Electives (Select 2 of)
Investment Management AND
MAN307
Investment Analysis
MAN308
OR
Services Marketing AND
MAN303
Project Management
MAN325
Group 8 (select 2 modules in consultation with the STA HOD)
Statistics 331
STA331
Statistics 332
STA332
Statistics 333 (optional)
STA333
Group 9
Information Systems 361
IFS361
Information Systems 362
IFS362
Group 10
Management Accounting 341
MAC341
Financial Management 342
FIM342
Taxation 343
TAX343
Sub-total
TOTAL
39
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
30
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
30
30
30
30
15
15
30
120
480
D.41
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.42
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.
D.42.1
A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter.
D.42.2
After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Business
(ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills
Foundation (QSF131/132)
D.42.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits including
Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce
(QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131/132).
D.42.4
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.42.5
A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330 credits.
D.42.6
A student shall complete the degree once 480 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.42.7
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.42.8
D.42.9
After 2 years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules
D.42.10
After 3 years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules
D.42.11
After 5 years of study a student must have passed all 3rd year level modules
D.43
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.43.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.43.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.43.3
A student who has not promoted to the 4th year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, with shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.44
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.
40
D.45
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.45.1
Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF) before
the start of the academic year will enrol for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) and
Business Statistics (BUS132). No module needs to be taken in place of QSF131.
D.45.2
Students who failed Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131) and/or Academic Literacy for
Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF132) and
Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2nd semester to qualify for re-admission for a
2nd year of enrolment.
D.45.3
Students must have passed all 1st year level modules by the end of the 2nd year to qualify for
readmission for the 3rd year of enrolment.
D.45.4
Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC)
before the start of the academic year will follow the curriculum under D.40.1.1
D.45.5
Students who passed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) (at first attempt) with a
final mark of at least 70% need not enrol for QSF131/132 and should register for Introduction
to SA Accounting (ACC130) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2nd
semester. If such student passes Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) at the first
attempt, s/he shall follow the curriculum under D.40.2.1 in the 2nd year of enrolment. Students
are advised that it in their best interest to register for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF)
thereby setting a better foundation for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC).
D.45.6
Students who failed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) and/or Academic Literacy
for Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Literacy for Commerce
(QLC132) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2nd semester to qualify for
readmission for the 2nd year of enrolment.
B.45.7
Students who fail (Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB133) or Intensive Reading
and Writing (IRF231) and Analytical and Critical Thinking (ACF231) must repeat these
modules in the following semester.
D.45.8
Students must have passed all Foundation modules by the end of the 3rd year of enrolment to
qualify for readmission.
D.45.9
Students who transfer from B Com ACC (ECP) programme to BCom (ECP) programme, such
students:
a) Will be exempted from QSF 131 if they already passed QSA131 or QSC131/132
b) Will be exempted from IEB 133 if they have already passed both ECO 134/133 and
MAN 131/132
c) Will receive 15 credits towards their degree and will be required to pass GOV132.
D.45.10
Students who transfer from BCom Accounting (ECP) and fail Quantitative Skills for
Accounting (QSA131) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) should register for
QSF131 in the following year.
41
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING) - (BCom) (Fin Acc)
(1175) (3 years full time)
D.46
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Financial Accounting)
D.46.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
D.46.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.47
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.48
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time
study.
D.49
CURRICULUM
D.49.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Financial Accounting 141
Financial Accounting 142
Business Statistics 132
Principles of Business Management 131
Mercantile Law 102
Information Systems 132
Academic Literacy for Commerce 131
42
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA141
FIA142
BUS132
MAN131
MER102
IFS132
ALC131
15
10
15
15
15
15
15
Electives - Select 1 group
Group 1 (not offered in 2015)
Quantitative Skills for Finance 141
QSF141
Economics 141
ECO141
Economics 142
ECO142
Group 2
Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131
QSC131
Principles of Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO134
Sub-total
D.49.2
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Financial Accounting 241
Financial Accounting 242
Management Accounting 241
Auditing 241
Auditing 242
Company Law 211
Mercantile Law 221
Taxation 242
Business Ethics 242
Financial Management 242
D.49.3
15
15
130
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA241
FIA242
MAC241
AUD241
AUD242
CPL211
MCR221
TAX242
BET242
FIM242
Sub-total
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
FIA341
FIA342
MAC341
AUD341
TAX343
FIM342
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
30
30
15
15
30
15
135
385
Level 3
Module Name
Financial Accounting 341
Financial Accounting 342
Management Accounting 341
Auditing 341
Taxation 343
Financial Management 342
D.50
10
10
10
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.51
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.51.1
Level 1
D.51.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 40 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter.
D.51.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132), Quantitative Skills for Finance (QSF141) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC131/132) and Financial Accounting (FIA141).
D.51.1.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.51.1.4
After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to
promote.
43
D.51.2
Level 2
D.51.2.1
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.51.2.2
After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.51.3
Level 3
D.51.3.1
A student shall complete the degree once 385 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.51.3.2
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.51.3.3
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.52
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.52.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.52.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year
credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.53
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.54
D.54.1
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
Students who have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142 would have the option
to attend the Financial Accounting 132 summer school and, on obtaining a mark of 55% or
more for the assessment at the conclusion of the summer school, would be able to transfer to
the B Com (Accounting) programme, if all other promotion criteria are met (passed at least
105 credits in the first year of enrolment).
44
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS DEGREE – (BCom Eco) (1201)
(3 years fulltime)
D.55 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Economics
D.55.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
OR
D.55.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.56
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.57
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time
study.
D.58 CURRICULUM
D.58.1 Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Commerce
Mathematics
Information Systems
Principles of Business Management
Business Statistics
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting
Micro-Economics
Macro-Economics
Business Analysis
D.58.2
Level 2
45
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
MAM126
IFS131
MAN131
BUS132
FIA141
FIA142
ECO141
ECO142
BSA201
Sub-total
15
10
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
125
Module Name
Compulsory
Econometrics
Microeconomics
Macroeconomics
Labour Economics
Public Economics
Mathematics for Economics
Business Finance
Financial & Analysis Techniques
Statistics: Distribution Theory
Statistics: Inference & Regression
Alpha Code
Cred
ECO242
ECO231
ECO232
ECO233
ECO234
ECO235
MAN234
MAN235
STA211
STA221
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
120
Alpha Code
Cred
ECO331
ECO332
ECO311
ECO334
ECO335
15
15
15
15
15
ECO336
ECO301
15
15
MAN307
MAN308
15
15
STA331
STA333
STA332
Sub-total
TOTAL
30
30
30
120
365
D.58.3 Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Microeconomics
Macroeconomics
Econometrics
Public Economics
International Economics
Group 1: Choose 1 module
Development Economics
Environmental Economics
Group 2: Choose 30 credits from Group 2.1
Or 30 credits from Group 2.2
Group 2.1
Investment Management
Investment Analysis
Group 2.2
Statistics: Distribution Theory
Statistics: Demography
Statistics: Inference & Regression
D.59
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.60
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.
D.60.1
Level 1
D.60.1.1
A student is required to pass at least 45 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90
credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).
D.60.1.2
After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Mathematics (MAM126) or equivalent and Economics (ECO141,
ECO142) or Eco134 (60%) or ECO121 and ECO122.
D.60.1.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
46
D.60.1.4
After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to
promote.
D.60.2
Level 2
D.60.2.1
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.60.2.2
After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.60.3
Level 3
D.60.3.1
A student shall complete the degree once 365 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.60.3.2
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.60.3.3
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.61
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.61.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.61.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year
credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.62
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the
University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.
D.63
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.63.1
No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.
D.63.2
The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;
D.63.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.63.4
Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics
may register for Mathematics (MAM126).
D.63.5
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.
D.63.6
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
47
D.63.7
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.63.8
To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC131/132) is required
D.63.9
ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics
D.63.10
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
48
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN FINANCE DEGREE – (BCom Fin) (1061)
(3 years full time)
D.64 ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Finance
D.64.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
D.64.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.65
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.66
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time
study.
D.67 CURICULLUM
D.67.1 Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Commerce
Quantitative Skills Finance
Information Systems
Principles of Business Management
Business Statistics
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting
Micro-Economics
Macro-Economics
Business Analysis
49
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
QSF141
IFS132
MAN131
BUS132
FIA141
FIA142
ECO141
ECO142
BSA201
Sub-total
15
10
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
125
D.67.2 Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Marketing
Operations
Business Finance
Financial & Analytical Techniques
Macroeconomics
Financial Accounting
Business Ethics
Mercantile Law
Electives – 30 credits (10 semester 1, 20 semester 2) chosen from
Management Accounting
Company Law
Econometrics
Financial Accounting
Public Economics
Mathematics for Economics
Alpha Code
Cred
MAN231
MAN233
MAN234
MAN235
ECO232
FIA241
BET242
MER102
10
10
10
10
10
20
10
15
MAC241
CPL211
ECO242
FIA242
ECO234
ECO235
Sub-total
10
10
10
20
10
10
125
Alpha Code
Cred
FRC311
15
MAN314
MAN305
MAN304
MAN312
15
15
15
15
MAN307
IST310
ECO335
MAC341
ECO332
15
15
15
15
15
MAN308
IST309
ECO311
Sub-total
TOTAL
15
15
15
120
370
D.67.3 Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Financial Research & Communication
OR
Research & Communication for Business
Financial Analytical Techniques
Strategic Management
Financial Management
30 Credits Elective chosen from:
Investment Management
Long-term Insurance
International Economics
Management Accounting
Macro-economics
30 Credits Elective chosen from:
Investment Analysis
Short-term Insurance
Econometrics
D.68
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.69
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.
D.69.1
Level 1
D.69.1.1
A student is required to pass at least 70 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90
credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).
50
D.69.1.2
After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills Finance (QSF141) or equivalent, Management
(MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics (BUS132/131)
D.69.1.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.69.1.4
After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to
promote.
D.69.2
Level 2
D.69.2.1
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including
all 1st year modules PLUS MAN234 and MAN235 after no more than three years of study.
D.69.2.2
After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.69.3
Level 3
D.69.3.1
A student shall complete the degree once 370 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.69.3.2
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.69.3.3
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.70
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.70.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.70.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year
credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.71
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.
D.72
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.72.1
No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.
D.72.2
The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;
D.72.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.72.4
Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics
may register for Mathematics (MAM126).
51
D.72.5
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.
D.72.6
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
D.72.7
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
D.72.8
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
52
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN HUMAN RESOURCES DEGREE
(BCom HR) (1301) (3 years full time)
D.73
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Human Resources
D.73.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
D.73.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.74
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.75
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time
study.
D.76
CURICULLUM
D.76.1 Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Commerce
Quantitative Skills for Commerce
Information Systems
Principles of Business Management
Business Statistics
Financial Accounting
Economics (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)
Industrial Psychology
53
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
QSC131
IFS131
MAN131
BUS132
FIA143
ECO134
IPS132
Sub-total
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
120
D.76.2 Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Marketing
Operations Management
Business Finance
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Economics
Social Security Law
Employment Law
Business Ethics
D.76.3 Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Strategic Management
Project Management
D.77
Alpha Code
Cred
IPS231
IPS232
IPS233
IPS234
MAN231
MAN233
MAN234
MAN235
ECO233
SOL312
EMP311
BET242
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
10
130
Alpha Code
IPS331
IPS333
IPS334
IPS335
IPS336
IPS337
MAN304
MAN325
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
120
370
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.78
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.
D.78.1
Level 1
D.78.1.1
A student is required to pass at least 75credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90
credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).
D.78.1.2
After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or equivalent,
Management (MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) and IPS131/132.
D.78.1.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.78.1.4
After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to
promote.
54
D.78.2
Level 2
D.78.2.1
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including
all 1st year level modules PLUS IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234.
D.78.2.2
After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.78.3
Level 3
D.78.3.1
A student shall complete the degree once 370 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.78.3.2
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.78.3.3
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.79
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.79.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.79.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year
credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.80
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.
D.81
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.81.1
No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;
D.81.2
The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;
D.81.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.81.4
Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics
may register for Mathematics (MAM126).
D.81.5
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.
D.81.6
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
55
D.81.7
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.81.8
To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC131/132) is required
D.81.9
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
56
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN INFORMATION SYSTEM DEGREE
(BCom IFS) (1033) (3 year f/time)
D.82
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Information System
D.82.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
D.82.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.83
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.84
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time
study.
D.85
CURICULLUM
D.85.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Commerce
Quantitative Skills for Commerce
Information Systems
Principles of Business Management
Business Statistics
Micro-Economics
Macro-Economics
Financial Accounting
Choose 1 of:
Financial Accounting
Industrial Psychology
57
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
QSC131
IFS131
MAN132
BUS132
ECO141
ECO142
FIA141
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
15
FIA142
IPS132
Sub-total
10
15
120-125
D.85.2
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Business Analysis
System Management
Database and Date Modelling
Business Information Systems
Micro-Economics
Marketing
Operations Management
Financial and Analytical Techniques
D.85.3
Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Information Systems Strategy
Architecture and Infrastructure
60 Credits Elective chosen from:
Capita Selecta
Philosophy and Research Methods
Emerging Trends in Information Systems
Alpha Code
Cred
IFS231
IFS233
IFS242
IFS244
ECO231
MAN231
MAN233
MAN235
Sub-total
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
IFS361
IFS362
30
30
IFS341
IFS352
IFS351
30
30
30
MAN314
MAN304
ECO331
ECO332
Sub-total
TOTAL
15
15
15
15
120
360- 365
OR
30 Credits Elective chosen as above and 30 credits
chosen from:
Research & Communication for Business
Strategic Management
Economics
Economics
D.86
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.87
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.
D.87.1
Level 1
D.87.1.1
A student is required to pass at least 45credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90
credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).
D.87.1.2
After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or QSF141, Information
System (IFS131/132)
D.87.1.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.87.1.4
After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to
promote.
58
D.87.2
Level 2
D.87.2.1
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits
D.87.2.2
After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.87.3
Level 3
D.87.3.1
A student shall complete the degree once 360-365 credits are obtained and all the requirements
for the degree are met.
D.87.3.2
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.87.3.3
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.88
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.88.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.88.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year
credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.89
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.
D.90
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.90.1
No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.
D.90.2
The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;
D.90.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.90.4
Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics
may register for Mathematics (MAM126).
D.90.5
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.
D.90.6
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
59
D.90.7
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.90.8
To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC131/132) is required
D.90.9
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
60
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN MANAGEMENT DEGREE
(BCom MAN) (1051) (3 yrs f/time)
D.91
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Management
D.91.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
D.91.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof
or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following
subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.92
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.93
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time
study
D.94
CURICULLUM
D.94.1 Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Commerce
Quantitative Skills for Commerce
Information Systems
Principles of Business Management
Business Statistics
Financial Accounting
Choose: one group: students who choose ECO134 and FIA142
are required to take 2 electives. Students wishing to take Economics
at 2nd year level should complete ECO141&142
61
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
QSC131
IFS132
MAN131
BUS132
FIA141
15
15
15
15
15
15
Group 1
Economics (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)
Group 2
Economics (micro)
Economics (macro)
Choose 1 of:
Financial Accounting
Industrial Psychology
Mercantile Law
D.94.2 Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Marketing
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Operations Management
Business Finance
Entrepreneurship
Business Ethics
Mercantile Law (if not taken on at 1st year level)
Choose 1 of (both if Mercantile Law taken at 1st year level)
Quantitative Business Analysis
Introduction to Business Research
Choose 1 of the following groups: (40 credits)
Group 1
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting
Group 2
Economics
Economics
Economics
Economics
Group 3
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Group 4
Information Systems
Information Systems
D.94.3 Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Research & Communication for Business
Strategic Management
Financial Analytical Techniques
Retail Management
Employee Management
Financial Management
Services Marketing
Project Management
62
ECO134
15
ECO141
ECO142
10
10
FIA142
IPS132
MER102
Sub-total
10
15
15
120-130
Alpha Code
Cred
MAN231
MAN235
MAN233
MAN234
MAN201
BET242
MER102
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
BSA201
BSA204
10
10
FIA241
FIA242
20
20
ECO231
ECO232
ECO233
ECO234
10
10
10
10
IPS231
IPS232
IPS233
IPS234
10
10
10
10
IFS231
IFS233
Sub-total
20
20
120-125
Alpha Code
Cred
MAN314
MAN304
MAN305
MAN306
MAN324
MAN312
MAN303
MAN325
Sub-total
TOTAL
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
120
360-375
D.95
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.96
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.
D.96.1
Level 1
D.96.1.1
A student is required to pass at least 75 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90
credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).
D.96.1.2
After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or equivalent,
Management (MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics
(BUS131/132).
D.96.1.3
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.96.1.4
After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to
promote.
D.96.2
Level 2
D.96.2.1
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including
all first year level modules PLUS MAN231, MAN233, MAN234 and MAN235.
D.96.2.2
After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.96.3
Level 3
D.96.3.1
A student shall complete the degree once 360-375 credits are obtained and all the requirements
for the degree are met.
D.96.3.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.96.3.3
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.97
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.97.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits,
provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.97.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year
credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
63
D.98
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.
D.99
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.99.1
No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.
D.99.2
The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;
D.99.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.99.4
Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics
may register for Mathematics (MAM126).
D.99.5
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass
Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC132) in the 2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.
D.99.6
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
D.99.7
To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics
(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.99.8
To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce
(QSC131/132) is required
D.99.9
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
64
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) DEGREE - (BCom Acc) (1021)
(3 years-full time)
This degree, combined with the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting (PGDA) is accredited by the South
African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for the Initial Test of
Competence (ITC).
D.100
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting)
D.100.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
Level 5 (60-69%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 5)
D.100.2
Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a CAggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:
•
•
•
•
HG (50%) Mathematics or
SG (70%) Mathematics and
HG (50%) Accounting or
SG (70%) Accounting
OR
•
•
HG (60%) Mathematics or
SG (80%) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject)
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.101
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.102
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time
study.
65
D.103
CURRICULUM
D.103.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Financial Accounting 131
Financial Accounting 132
Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)
Mathematics 126
Business Statistics 132
Principles of Management 131
Mercantile Law 102
Information Systems 131
Academic Literacy for Commerce 131
D.103.2
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Financial Accounting 214
Financial Accounting 225
Management Accounting 234
Auditing 236
Accounting Information Applications
Company Law 211
Mercantile Law 221
Taxation 228
Business Ethics 211
Corporate and Financial Management 221
D.103.3
Level 3
Module Name
Managerial Accounting and Finance
Financial Accounting 324
Auditing 322
Taxation 327
D.104
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA131
FIA132
ECO134
MAM126
BUS132
MAN131
MER102
IFS131
ALC131
Sub-total
15
15
15
10
15
15
15
15
15
130
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA214
FIA225
MAC234
AUD236
ACC239
CPL211
MCR221
TAX228
BET211
CFM221
Sub-total
20
20
10
10
15
10
10
10
10
10
125
Alpha Code
MAF334
FIA324
AUD322
TAX327
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
30
60
30
30
150
405
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.105
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.105.1
After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits, with a final mark of
55% or more for Financial Accounting (FIA132).
D.105.2
In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 90 NQF credits,
D.105.3
Provided that after four years of enrolment the student has completed the degree;
D.105.4
Provided that after the second year of registration the student has passed all required 1st level
modules.
66
D.105.5
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.105.6
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.105.7
Students who do not meet the requirement as outlined in D.110.1 above, will be promoted to
the BCom (Financial Accounting) degree (2nd enrolment), provided they passed at least 60
credits including a final mark of between 50% and 54% for Financial Accounting (FIA132).
D.106
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
There are no advance registration rules for this programme
D.107
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.108
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.108.1
To qualify for entry into the BCom (Accounting) degree, a first year BCom student shall have
passed at least 105 credits in the their first year of enrolment, with a final mark of 55% or
more in Financial Accounting 132 or its equivalent.
D.108.2
The following will be recognised as an internal equivalent: Obtaining a mark of 55% or more
for the assessment at the conclusion of a summer school. In order to qualify to attend the
summer school, a student must have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142.
D.108.3
A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she
failed to pass after two attempts:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Financial Accounting 131, 132 (55%) (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer
school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a
student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt)
Financial Accounting 214, 225
Financial Accounting 324
Management Accounting 234
Corporate and Financial Management 221
Managerial Accounting and Finance 334
Auditing 236
Auditing 322
Accounting Information Applications 239
Business Ethics 211
Taxation 228
Taxation 327
Academic Literacy for Commerce 131
67
D108.4
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for
Financial Accounting 131 has the choice to attend either:
(a)
the Financial Accounting 131 Winter School in order to continue with Financial
Accounting 132 (to continue with B. Com (Accounting);
OR
(b)
the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial
Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com (Financial Accounting)
D108.5
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 30%-39% for
Financial Accounting 131 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 141 Winter
School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com Financial
Accounting.
D108.6
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 50%-54% for
Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 132
Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 214 (and continue with
B.Com Accounting)
D108.7
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40-49% for
Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 142
Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 241 (and transition to
BCom Financial Accounting)
D108.8
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for
Financial Accounting 214 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 241 Winter
School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 242 (and transition to B.Com
Financial Accounting)
D108.9
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for
Financial Accounting 225 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 242
Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 341 (and transition to
B. Com Financial Accounting)
68
BACHELORS IN COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) (1753) ((4 yrs-f/time)
This degree, combined with the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting (PGDA) is accredited by the South
African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for the Initial Test of
Competence (ITC).
D.109
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Accounting) extended curriculum
D.109.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
•
Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics
Level 4 (50-59%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 4)
D.109.2
Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a DAggregate in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:
•
•
•
•
HG (D – Symbol) Mathematics or
SG (C – Symbol) Mathematics and
HG (D – Symbol) Accounting or
SG (C – Symbol) Accounting
OR
•
•
HG (C _symbol) Mathematics or
SG (B – Symbol) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject)
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D. 110
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.111
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time
study.
69
D.112
CURRICULUM
D.112.1 Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Business 131
Quantitative Skills Accounting 131
Introduction to SA Accounting 131
Introduction to SA Accounting 132
Academic Literacy for Commerce 132
Principles of Business Management 131
Introduction to Information Systems 132
Business Statistics 132
D.112.2
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Analytical and Critical Thinking 1
Quantitative Analysis for Commerce
Intensive reading and Writing
Financial Accounting 131
Financial Accounting 132
Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)
Mathematics 126
Mercantile Law 102
D.112.3
Module Name
Compulsory
Financial Accounting 214
Financial Accounting 225
Accounting Information Applications 239
Auditing 236
Business Ethics 211
Management Accounting 234
Mercantile Law 221
Taxation 228
Company Law 211
Corporate and Financial Management 221
D.112.4
Level 4
Module Name
Compulsory
Managerial Accounting and Finance 334
Financial Management 324
Auditing 322
Taxation 327
Financial Accounting 324
70
Alpha Code
Cred
ALB131
QSA131
ACC131
ACC132
ALC132
MAN131
IFS132
BUS132
Sub-total
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
120
Alpha Code
Cred
ACF231
QAC231
IRF231
FIA131
FIA132
ECO134
MAM126
MER102
Sub-total
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
120
Level 3
Alpha Code
Cred
FIA214
FIA225
ACC239
AUD236
BET211
MAC234
MCR221
TAX228
CPL211
CFM221
Sub-total
20
20
15
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
125
Alpha Code
Cred
MAF334
FIM324
AUD322
TAX327
FIA324
Sub-total
TOTAL
30
15
30
30
60
150
515
D.113
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.114
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.
D.114.1
After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 90 credits (30 of which must be degree
credits), including Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131), Quantitative Skills for
Accounting (QSA131 or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) for repeats, Introduction
to SA Accounting (ACC 131 or and ACC130). A student that does not pass ACC132 must
register for FIA141 and FIA142, obtain a final mark of at least 60% in FIA142 and attend the
summer school. If the student passes the assessments of the Summer School with a mark of at
least 55% or more, the student;
•
•
•
Will be allowed to continue with the 4 year Accounting programme
Will receive 15 credits for ACC132
Will have FIA141 and FIA142 converted to FIA131 and FIA132 or QSC132 or
QSA131 (for repeats) and Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC130 or ACC131).
D.114.2 A student who passed at least 75 credits in the 1st year of enrolment but does not meet the
requirements of D.114.1 will be transferred to BCom extended curriculum 2nd enrolment.
D.114.3
After the second year of enrolment passed 180 credits in total (90 of which must be degree
credits) including all 1st year level modules and Financial Accounting 131 (or equivalent) and
Financial Accounting 132 with at least a final mark of 55%.
D.114.4
A student who passes at least 180 credits after two years of enrolment but has not met the
requirements of D.119.3 will be transferred to the BCom extended curriculum 3rd enrolment.
D.114.5
In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits,
D.114.6
Provided that after five years of enrolment the student has completed the degree;
D.114.7
Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.114.8
The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.115
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
A student who had not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 90
credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided that all prerequisites
and co-requisites are met. The student would be permitted to register for 2nd year modules for the
remaining credits.
D.116
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 unless otherwise provided in faculty rules.
71
D.117
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.117.1
A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she
failed to pass after two attempts:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D117.2
Financial Accounting 131, 132 (with at least a final mark of 55%) (The assessment at
the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the
second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive
the second attempt)
Financial Accounting 214, 225
Financial Accounting 324
Management Accounting 234
Corporate and Financial Management 221
Managerial Accounting and Finance 334
Auditing 236
Auditing 322
Accounting Information Applications 239
Business Ethics 211
Taxation 228
Taxation 327
Academic Literacy for Commerce 131
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for
Financial Accounting 131 has the choice to attend either:
(a)
(b)
the Financial Accounting 131 Winter School in order to continue with Financial
Accounting 132 (to continue with B. Com (Accounting ECP); OR
the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial
Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com ECP)
D117.3
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 30%-39% for
Financial Accounting 131 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 141 Winter
School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com ECP
D117.4
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 50%-54% for
Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 132
Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 214 (and continue with
B.Com Accounting ECP)
D117.5
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40-49% for
Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 142
Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 241 (and transition to
BCom ECP)
D117.6
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for
Financial Accounting 214 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 241 Winter
School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 242 (and transition to B.Com
ECP)
D117.7
A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for
Financial Accounting 225 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 242
Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 341 (and transition to
B. Com ECP)
72
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (LAW) DEGREE (1221) - (3 years-full time)
D.118
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Law)
D.118.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
D.118.2
Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a CAggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40%) Mathematics or
SG (60%) Mathematics
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D. 119
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.120
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full-time
study.
D.121
CURRICULUM
D.121.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1
Academic Literacy for Commerce 131
Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd year level)
Business Statistics 132
Introduction to Legal Studies 111
Introduction to Legal Studies 121
Law of Persons 112
Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131
Financial Accounting 141
73
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
ECO134
BUS132
ILS111
ILS121
LOP112
QSC131
FIA141
15
15
15
15
5
15
15
15
Group 3 (select 1 module)
Principles of Business Management 132
Industrial Psychology 132
Information Systems 132
D.121.2
15
15
15
125
Alpha Code
Cred
CON202
CRI201
FAM121
LEG111
LEG221
THI211
20
10
15
10
10
20
IPS231
IPS232
IPS233
IPS234
10
10
10
10
MAN231
MAN233
MAN234
MAN235
10
10
10
10
ECO234
ECO231
ECO232
ECO233
10
10
10
10
IFS231
IFS233
Sub-total
20
20
125
Alpha Code
Cred
CNT301
CPL211
INS311
LAB321
NEG321
20
10
10
15
10
ECO331
ECO332
15
15
ECO311
ECO335
15
15
ECO334
ECO336
15
15
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Constitutional Law 202
Critical Legal Analysis 201
Family Law 121
Legal Systems 111
Legal Interpretation 221
Law of Things 211
Electives (select 1 group)
Group 1
Industrial Psychology 231
Industrial Psychology 232
Industrial Psychology 233
Industrial Psychology 234
Group 2
Marketing
Operations
Business Finance
Finance and Analytical Techniques
Group 3
Economics 234
Economics 231
Economics 232
Economics 233
Group 4
Information Systems 231
Information Systems 233
D.121.3
MAN132
IPS132
IFS132
Sub-total
Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Law of Contract 301
Company Law 211
Law of Insolvency 311
Labour Law 321
Law of Negotiable Instruments 321
Electives (select 1 group)
Group 1
Compulsory
Economics 331
Economics 332
Electives (select 1 sub-group)
Group 1.1
Economics 311
Economics 335
Group 1.2
Economics 334
Economics 336
74
Group 2
Compulsory
Industrial Psychology 331
Industrial Psychology 333
Industrial Psychology 337
Electives (select 1 module)
Industrial Psychology 335
Industrial Psychology 336 (Students who choose this module cannot do
IPS Hons)
Group 3
Strategic Management
Research and Communication for Business
Services Marketing
Retail Management
Group 4
Strategic Management
Research and Communication for Business
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Financial Management
Group 5
Strategic Management
Research and Communication for Business
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Project Management
Group 6
Strategic Management
Research and Communication for Business
Short Term Insurance
Long Term Insurance
Group 7
Financial and Analytical Techniques
Investment Management
Investment Analysis
Financial Management
Group 8
Information Systems 361
Information Systems 362
D.122
IPS331
IPS333
IPS337
15
15
15
IPS335
15
IPS336
15
MAN304
MAN314
MAN303
MAN306
15
15
15
15
MAN304
MAN314
MAN305
MAN312
15
15
15
15
MAN304
MAN314
MAN305
MAN325
15
15
15
15
MAN304
MAN314
IST309
IST310
15
15
15
15
MAN305
MAN307
MAN308
MAN312
15
15
15
15
IFS361
IFS362
Sub-total
TOTAL
30
30
125
375
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.123
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.123.1
Level 1
D.123.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter.
D.123.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce
(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132)
D.123.1.3 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
75
D.123.1.4 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to
promote.
D.123.2
Level 2
D.123.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.123.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to
promote.
D.123.3
Level 3
D.123.3.1 A student shall complete the degree once 375 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.123.3.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.123.3.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.124
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.124.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all
the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.124.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all
the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.125
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.126
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.126.1
No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 /140credits in any year of
study;
D.126.2
The total credit value may only exceed 375 with the permission of Senate;
D.126.3
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.126.4
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC131) (or Mathematics 126) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass Academic
Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the
2nd semester of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.
D.126.5
No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite
rules.
76
D.126.6
To do Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or
•
•
HG (40%) in Mathematics or
SG (50%) in Mathematics
D.126.7
To do Economics 133/134 a pass in QSC is required
D.126.8
ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics
D.126.9
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
77
BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS) – 1181
(4 years full-time)
D.127
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled
for the degree: Bachelor of Economics (Development Economics)
D.127.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a
rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s
approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:
•
•
•
Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1st additional language).
Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1st additional language)
Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics
D.127.2
Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008
(a)
Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a CAggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:
•
•
HG (40% E-Symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50% - D Symbol) Mathematics
(b)
OR
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.
D.128
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
D.129
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time
study.
D.130
CURRICULUM
D.130.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Academic Literacy for Commerce 131
Business Statistics 132
Principles of Business Management 131
Quantitative Skills For Commerce 131
Public Administration 131
South African Politics and Government 132
Local Economic Development 111
Economics 121
Economics 122
78
Alpha Code
Cred
ALC131
BUS132
MAN131
QSC131
PUA131
GOV132
LED111
ECO121
ECO122
Sub-total
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
125
D.130.2
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Economics 231
Economics 232
Economics 234
Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business
Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises
Marketing
Operations
Public Administration 212
Public Administration 222
Economic Profiling & Quantitative Analysis
Tourism 211
Tourism 212
D.130.3
Cred
ECO231
ECO232
ECO234
MAN201
MAN206
MAN231
MAN233
PUA212
PUA222
LED211
TOU211
TOU212
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
ECO331
ECO332
MAN304
MAN325
PUA312
LED311
IDP311
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
ECO334
ECO336
Sub-total
15
15
120
Alpha Code
Cred
ECO411
ECO412
RME401
REP401
15
15
15
30
ECO413
ECO414
PUB421
PUB422
PUB423
PUB424
PUB425
Sub-total
TOTAL
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
120
485
Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Economics 331
Economics 332
Strategic Management
Project Management
Public Administration 312
Local Economic Development
Industrial Policy
Electives (select 1 module)
Economics 334
Economics 336
D.130.4
Alpha Code
Level 4
Module Name
Compulsory
Economics 411
Economics 412
Research Methods Essay
Research Project 401
Electives (select 3 modules)
Economics 413
Economics 414
Public – Private Partnership or Applied Public Private Partnerships
Applied Project Development / Management
Business Retention & Expansion
Investment Behaviour & Promotion or Investment Promotion
Managing Economic Development Organisations
79
D.131
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.132
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.132.1
Level 1
D.132.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per
annum thereafter.
D.132.1.2 A student must have passed ECO121 and ECO122 at 1st year level in order to register for
Tourism at 2nd year level.
D.132.1.3 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce and
Quantitative Skills for Commerce.
D.132.1.4 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.
D.132.1.5 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules.
D.132.2
Level 2
D.132.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.
D.132.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules.
D.132.3
Level 3
D.132.3.1 A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330 credits.
D.132.3.2 After five years of study a student must have passed all 3rd year level modules.
D.132.4
Level 4
D.132.4.1 A student shall complete the degree once 485 credits are obtained and all the requirements for
the degree are met.
D.132.4.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first
enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.
D.132.4.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further
admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.
D.133
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
D.133.1
A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all
the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.133.2
A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all
the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
80
D.133.3
A student who has not promoted to the 4th year of study shall not be allowed to register for
more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all
the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.
D.134
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.135
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
D.135.1
No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in
which there are class and examination timetable clashes.
D.135.2
Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for
Commerce (QSC131) in the 1st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for
Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2nd semester
of 1st year to qualify for re-admission to 2nd year.
D.135.3
If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students
registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that
module.
81
HIGHER CERTIFICATE IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (HCED)
D.136
ADMISSION
Candidates must be in the possession of a Grade 12 Certificate (Matric) or NSC (National Senior
Certificate).
OR
•
•
•
•
•
NQF Level 4 or equivalent
Work with a CBO, NGO, and religious or local government department.
Speak, read and write English.
Have permission and support from their organisation and/or employer in writing.
Commit themselves to all study blocks with full time residential attendance, and complete all
fieldwork assignments.
D. 137
SELECTION
Please contact the Fair Share office directly.
D.138
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year full-time study
or three years part-time study.
D.139 (A)
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Training Design & Facilitation 118
Training Design & Facilitation 120
Communication & Info Management 121
Development Economics 113
Organisational Development 115
Workplace Learning 117
Research Project 116
Gender and Development 119
Local Governance 127
D.139 (B)
Alpha Code
Cred
FSH118
FSH120
FSH121
FSH113
FSH115
FSH117
FSH 116
FSH119
FSH127
TOTAL
10
10
10
10
10
40
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
FSH120
FSH121
FSH122
FSH123
FSH125
FSH 124
FSH126
LAB101
LAB132
TOTAL
10
10
10
10
40
10
10
10
10
120
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Training Design & Facilitation 120
Communication & Info Management 121
Development Economics 122
Organisational Development 123
Workplace Learning 125
Research Project 124
Gender and Development 126
Labour Practice 101
Labour Practice 132
82
D.140
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1
D.141
PROGRESS RULES
D.141.1
Block Sessions
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a student shall complete the programme in one year. All students attend
98 block sessions spread over the year.
D.142
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4.1, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:
D.143
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme
83
MODULE DESCRIPTORS
Please refer to the Faculty of Law Calendar for the module descriptors pertaining to the
BCom Law Degree.
BCom & BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Economics and Management Science
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1
ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1
ACF231
6
15
Semester
BCom (Gen) and BCom (Acc) 4-year programme
After the end of students will be able to demonstrate:
- An understanding of the requirements of a valid argument
- The ability to recognize logical fallacies in arguments put
forward by people
- An understanding of methods of reasoning and analysis
- The capacity to identify and to avoid poorly reasoned arguments
and conclusions
- A raised awareness of why clear thinking is important and
necessary
- An understanding of the relationships between theory and
practice using case study material
- The ability to select and apply appropriate analytical tools to
interpret case studies
- The ability to analyses case studies professionally and report on
analysis both orally and in writing
- The ability to plan and work effectively with others in teams to
achieve the above outcomes
-
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Fundamentals of Argumentation
The Ingredients of Arguments
Fallacies and How Arguments Fail
Case Studies of fallacies
Well Structured Arguments
Become a reasoned person
Linking practical examples to Case Studies
Interpreting, critically analyzing and summarizing cases and
examples
Generalizing and theorizing
Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis
ALC131/132
None
ACT101
84
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Tests & examinations
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time:
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Hours
56
30
54
10
Lectures p.w
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
154
60% - Tests, case analysis and
assignments
40% - Examinations
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Economics and Management Science
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2
ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2
ACF232
6
15
Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
BCom (Gen) Extended Curriculum
After the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate:
- An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research
- A basic understanding of the research process for a Business
Research Project
- The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic
- The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant information
- The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection methods
e.g.:
o
Secondary literature searches
o
Questionnaires/Surveys
o
Personal interviews
- An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen business-related
research topic or case study
- An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research
Report
- Introduction to Business Research
- The research process and project plan
- Library resources and internet for materials search
- Development of research topic and questions
- Conducting literature reviews
- Gathering and collating information
- Selecting and organizing relevant material and critically
evaluating it
- Revealing knowledge of and insights into different perspectives,
sides or points of view
- Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or case
study using primary and secondary sources
ALC131/132 AND ACF231
None
ACT302
85
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Tests & examinations
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time:
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Hours
56
50
38
6
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Economics and Management Science
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS
ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS
ALB131 (1ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2ND SEMESTER)
6
15
SEMESTER
ALB131 (1ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2ND SEMESTER)
Lectures p.w
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
150
60% - Tests, case analysis and
assignments
40% - Individual research
assignment
BCom (Gen), BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum
Pre-requisite modules
ALB aims at improving students’ listening, note-taking, time
management, reading, thinking and writing skills in the four-year
programme. After the course students will be able to:
- Take notes effectively in lectures.
- Read with comprehension and understanding the meaning of
words and phrases.
- Apply academic reading skills to various texts, such as
textbooks, magazines and newspapers
- Apply reading and writing skills in other subjects
- Plan, structure and write coherent paragraphs in written
assignments.
- Be able to use the computer to organize and manage
information.
- Academic literacy skills such s note-taking, text
- analysis, vocabulary development
- Various reading strategies such skimming, scanning
- and comprehensive reading
- Plan, structure and reference written academic work
- Familiarize students with digital academic literacy
None
Co-requisite modules
None
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Tests & examinations
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time:
None
Main Content
60
20
64
6
Lectures p.w 8
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
150
86
Method of Student
Assessment
Continuous Evaluation: Tasks,
class tests and assignments 50%
- Term test 10%
Examination 40%
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self-study
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Economics and Management Science
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING
INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING
IRF231
6
15
Semester
BCom (Gen) 4-year programme
At the end of the module student will be able to:
- Read academic material comprehensively and critically.
- Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts.
- Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme,
Reading Excellence
- Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays.
- Analyse and summarise written texts.
- Construct effective business documents.
- Academic reading techniques
- Text book analysis
- Reading journals magazines & newspapers
- Computer-Assisted learning
- Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading &
writing
- Contextualisation and integration of arguments
- Business documents
ALC131/132
None
Quantitative Skills for BAdmin
Hours
70
1x3
12
0
60
4
150
Tutorial Class and Gateway Tests
Tasks and Assignments
Term Tests Final
Semester Test
Attendance
Assessment Module type
87
Lectures p.w 3
Practical’s p.w 2.
Tutorials p.w. 4
26%
3%
20%
50%
1%
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s and self-study
Tests & examinations
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time:
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Numeric code
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Economics and Management Science
ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
Introduction to South African Accounting 1
Introduction to South African Accounting 1
ACC130 (4-YEAR GENERAL) /
ACC131 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING)
5
15
Semester
Foundation BCom ACC130 (Gen) and BCom (Acc) ACC131
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
• Record business transactions in the appropriate accounting
records up to trial balance.
• Accounting as an information system
• Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping to trial balance
• Subsidiary journals
• Accounting for Value Added Tax
• Periodic and perpetual inventory systems
• Bank reconciliation procedures
Maths SG C or equivalent/Quantitative Skills Foundation 131
None
None
56
42
43
9
Lectures p.w
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
150
Tests and tutorials: 40% final
mark
Examination: 60% final mark
ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
Introduction to South African Accounting 2
Introduction to South African Accounting 2
ACC132 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING)
ACC132
15
Semester
BCom (Acc) 4-year programme
5
At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate the
ability to:
• Prepare the financial statement of a sole trader based on accrual
accounting
• Do an elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial
statements of a sole trader
88
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited combinations
Breakdown of learning time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. CAF
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Numeric Code
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
•
•
•
Accounting as an information system
Periodic measurement of income
Preparation of the income statement and the balance sheet for a
sole trader
• Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial
statements of a sole trader
ACC130/131
ACC130/131
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week.
56
Lectures p.w. 3
42
Practicals p.w.
9
Tutorials p.w. 1
43
150
Tests and tutorials: 40% final mark
Examination: 60% final mark
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT/SCHOOL OF BUSINESS &
FINANCE/ECONOMICS
Introduction to the Economy and Business
Introduction to the Economy and Business
IEB 133 (For EMS students only)
IEB131 (for non-EMS students)
IEB 134(For repeat students only)
IEB131 ,IEB133, IEB134
15
Semester
Programme – BCom.4-year programme, B.A., B.Ed,
5
At the end of this module, students should be able to:
• Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their
application in the South African economy
• Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government
in the economy.
• Describe and evaluate South Africa’s recent economic
performance.
• Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial
success in the SA economy
• Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and
apply them to real world settings.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small
businesses operate.
• Develop a business plan for a small business.
• Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles
• Overview of the South African economy
• Perfect and imperfect competition
• Production and costs
• Role of entrepreneurship
• The environment in which small business operates
• Establishing a small business.
• Principles underlying the main functional areas.
• Compilation of the Business Plan
None
89
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. CAF
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Numeric code
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Project
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type, e.g. CAF
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
56
Lectures p.w. 3
30
Practicals p.w.
8
Tutorials p.w. 1
56
150
Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester Tests
(60%); Examination 40%
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE
QAC231
QAC231
15
Semester
BCom and BCom (ACC) 4-year programme
6
At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate the
ability to:
- Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial ratios from
financial statements.
- Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR)
- Understand and work with Index Numbers
- Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and elasticity
- Calculate statistical measures of dispersion
- Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation to
economic and financial situations
- Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems
- Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function and
perform simple differentiation.
- Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make
comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry
norms, etc
- Time value of money
- Capital budgeting
- Index numbers
- Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and elasticities
- Measures of central tendency and dispersion
- Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation
- Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems
- Introduction to differential calculus.
QSA131 OR QSC131/132
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
56
Lectures p.w. 3
20
Practicals p.w.
9
Tutorials p.w. 1
65
150
Final Examination = 50%
Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50%
90
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Numeric code
Alpha- numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Tests & examinations:
Assignments & Tasks
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. CAF
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING
QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING
QSA131
QSA131
15
SEMESTER
BCom (ACC) 4-year programme
5
At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate an
understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial
applications involving:
Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion
Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis
Time Value of Money
Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference to
revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand.
Exponential and logarithmic curves
Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean,
median, mode
Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations
Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis
Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities
Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance &
Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand.
Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to
Finance & Economics
Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency
None
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
70
18
6
56
150
Final Examination = 50%
Lectures p.w. 3
Tutorials p.w. 1
Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50%
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION
QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION
QSF131
QSF131
15
SEMESTER
BCom 4-year programme,
5
91
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Tests & examinations:
Assignments & Tasks
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. CAF
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
- demonstrate an understanding of the core (basic) mathematical
skills for business
- know the difference between mathematical and business-related
terms
- use mathematical notations, formulae and terminology
effectively to solve business-related problems
- demonstrate an understanding of thenumber systems
- demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real numbers,
in particular Integers and Rational Numbers.
- apply basic operations (+, -, × and ÷ ) to Real Numbers. i.e.
Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages
- solve problems in abstract and real-life situations based on
Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages.
- demonstrate an understanding and the use of Ratios to describe
relationship between two or more quantities and solve business
problems
- demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and
Inverse proportions
- construct Linear Graphs using the table method and show how
this relates to the solution of linear equations.
- demonstrate an understanding of, and work with, basic Algebra,
including polynomials of the first degree and basic operations
applied to algebraic expressions.
- find Products and Factors of algebraic expressions, and solve
problems in these related to Commercial Mathematics.
- have developed effective basic calculator skills to solve business
related problems more efficiently
- Mathematical Thinking Skills
- Problem Solving Skills
- Number Systems
- Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational
- Numbers
- Basic Operations
- Calculator Skills
- Fractions and Decimal Fractions
- Percentages
- Ratio and Proportion
- Basic Algebra: First degree polynomials;
- Basic Operations
- Products and factors
- Equations and Inequalities
- Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and
- Quadratic
- Powers, Indices and Roots
- Measurement, Shape and Space
QLC141/142
QLC141/142
None
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
70
Lectures p.w. 3
16
Practicals p.w.
4
Tutorials p.w. 1
60
150
Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and Assignments, Term
tests (50%) Examination (50%)
92
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited
module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer /
tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments: tests and
exams
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g.
(CAF)
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141)
QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141)
QLC141
QLC141
15
SEMESTER
BCOM 4-YEAR PROGRAMME, BADMIN
5
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• demonstrate an understanding of the number systems
• demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real
numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers.
• Solve basic arithmetic problems
• apply basic operations (+, -, × and ÷ ) to Real Numbers. i.e.
Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages
• simplify algebraic expressions.
• solve basic algebraic equations including simultaneous
equations
• demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and
Inverse proportions
• draw Linear Graphs using the table and algebraic method
• draw Parabolic Graphs using the table and algebraic method
•
Mathematical Thinking Skills
•
Problem Solving Skills
•
Number Systems
•
Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational Numbers
•
Basic Mathematical Operations
•
Calculator Skills
•
Fractions and Decimal Fractions
•
Percentages
•
Basic Algebra: variables, expressions and equations
•
Products and factors
•
Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and Quadratic
•
Linear and Quadratic equations
None
None
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
week
Lectures p.w.
3
70
4
0
16
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
1
60
150
CAF: Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and assignments, Term
Tests (50%) Examination (50%)
93
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Tests & examinations:
Assignments & Tasks
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE
QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE
QSC131/132
QSC131/132
15
SEMESTER
BCom , BCom (ACC) 4-year programme, BCom, BCom Law
5
At the end of this module a student should be able to :
demonstrate and understand the ability to solve problems with
Commercial applications involving:
•
ratio, rates and simple proportion
•
discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis
•
time value of money
•
straight-line and parabolic graphs with particular reference to
revenue/cost/profit supply/demand
•
exponential and logarithmic curves
•
drawing and interpreting statistical charts and calculating
mean, median, mode
•
Ratio and proportions, rates, approximations
•
Pricing a product, profits, breakeven analysis
•
Simple interest, compound interest, annuities
•
Straight line graphs and parabolas with link to finance and
economics e.g. supply/demand
•
Exponential and logarithmic equations and graphs with link to
finance and economics
•
Descriptive statistics and measures of central tendency.
QSF131/132 OR QLC (70%)
None
QLC141/142
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
70
Lectures p.w.
3
12
Practicals p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
62
150
Examination 50%
Tests, assignments and tasks 50%
EMS
Academic Development/SBF/Accounting
QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE
QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE
QSF141
10
1 semester
1
B.Com.(Finance), B.Com.(Financial Accounting),
B.Com.(Economics)
5
94
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
1
At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate
an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial
applications involving:
Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion
Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis
Time Value of Money
Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference
to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand.
Exponential and logarithmic curves
Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating
mean, median, mode
Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations
Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis
Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities
Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance &
Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand.
Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to
Finance & Economics
Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency
NSC MATHEMATICS LEVEL 4 (not Mathematics Literacy)
ECO142 and FIA141
QSC131/132, QSA131/132 , MAM126
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w.
2
0
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
7
53
100
Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50%
Final Examination = 50%
CAF
Business Analysis
Business Analysis is offered at the 2nd year level only to BCom students. The subject comprises of four
modules:
BSA 201 Quantitiative Business Analysis
BSA 203 Analytical & Critical Thinking
BSA 204 Introductory Business Research
BSA202 Business Communication
(This module may only be taken by students with 65% for ALC) Dept to clarify
95
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Numeric code
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Project
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. CAF
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Numeric Code
Alpha-numeric Code
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS
BUSINESS ANALYSIS 201
BSA201
BSA201
10
Semester
2
BCom
6
At the end of the module a student should be able to demonstrate
the ability to:
•
Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial ratios
from financial statements
•
Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR)
•
Understand and work with Index Numbers
•
Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and
elasticity
•
Calculate statistical measures of dispersion
•
Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation to
economic and financial situations
•
Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems
•
Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function and
perform simple differentiation
•
Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make
comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against
industry norms etc
•
Time value of money
•
Capital budgeting
•
Index numbers
•
Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and
elasticities
•
Measures of central tendency and dispersion
•
Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation
•
Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems
•
Introduction to differential calculus
QSC131/132
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
40
Lectures p.w.
1.5
30
Practicals p.w.
0
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
24
100
Tests, assignments and tasks 50%
Examination 50%
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202
BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202
BSA202
BSA202
96
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
10
Semester
2
BCom
6
At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the
ability to:
• Read Business and Academics material comprehensively and
critically
• Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts
• Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme,
Reading Excellence
• Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays
• Analyse and summarize written commercial texts
• Construct effective business documents
• Academic reading techniques
• Text book analysis
• Reading business journals, magazines and newspapers
• Computer-Assisted learning
• Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading
and Writing
• Contextualization and integration of arguments
• Business documents
ALC131/132
None
ACF232
Hours
Time-table requirement per
week.
Lectures p.w.
1.5
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Project
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. CAF
35
10
5
30
20
100
Examination 40%
Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Numeric code
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Main Outcomes
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203
BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203
BSA203
BSA203
10
Semester
2
BCom
6
On completion of the module students will be able to demonstrate
(a) an understanding of:
• The requirements of valid arguments and methods of
reasoning and analysis
97
•
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Project
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester/term
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Main Outcomes
The relationships between theory and practice using case study
materials
(b) the ability to
• Recognize logical fallacies in arguments and to avoid poorly
reasoned arguments and conclusions
• Select and apply appropriate analytical tools to interpret case
studies
• Analyse case studies professionally and report these results
orally and in writing
• Plan and work in teams to achieve these outcomes
• The ingredients of arguments
• Fallacies and How arguments fail
• Case studies of fallacies
• Well structured arguments
• Becoming a reasoning person
Linking practical examples to case studies
• Interpreting, summarizing and critically analyzing cases
• Generalising and theorizing
• Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis
ALC131/132
None
ACF231
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
40
Lectures p.w.
1.5
20
Practicals p.w.
0
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
34
100
Examination 40%
Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204
BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204
BSA204
10
Semester
2
BCom
6
After the course students will be able to demonstrate:

An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research

A basic understanding of the research process for a Business
Research Project

The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic

The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant
information

The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection
methods

An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen businessrelated research topic or case study

An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research
Report
98
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Project
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Topic e.g. CAF
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Introduction to Business Research
The research process and project plan
Library resources and internet for materials search
Development of research topic and questions
Conducting literature reviews
Gathering and collating information
Selecting and recognize relevant material and critically
evaluating it
•
Revealing knowledge of and insights into different
perspectives, sides or points of view
•
Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or
case study using primary and secondary sources
BSA203
None
ACF231
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
40
Lectures p.w.
2
30
Practicals p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
24
100
Examination 40%
Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments
Module Descriptors BCom 3-Year Programme:
Academic Literacy for Commerce
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Numeric code
Alpgha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Proposed semester/term
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT
ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132
ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132
ALC131(Full time and part-time)
ALC132 (Full time repeat module only)
ALC131 /ALC132
15
SEMESTER
BCom , BCom Accounting, BCom Law, BAdmin, BCom , BCom
(ACC) 4-year programme
5
ALC 131/132 aims at improving first-year students’ academic
literacy skills, and the use of productivity software. After the
course students will be able to:
•
Demonstrate the use of various listening and note-taking
strategies.
•
Demonstrate an understanding of group dynamics.
•
Demonstrate an understanding of analytical and critical
thinking
•
Apply critical and analytical reading skills in various
contexts, e.g. text books & articles in journals, newspapers,
magazines.
•
Write well constructed- written assignments and academic
essays.
99
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Tests & examinations:
Assignments & Tasks
DAL
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. CAF
Use references and quotations in a coherent and appropriate
manner.
•
Summarise main and supporting ideas in written texts.
•
Write well-constructed reports and proposals.
•
Effectively utilize IT-based productivity tools to organize and
manage information.
•
Listening and note-taking skills
•
Group dynamics skills
•
Critical thinking skills
•
Reading skills
•
Writing skills
•
Referencing skills
•
Digital information literacy skills
ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only
ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only
None
Hours
Time-table requirement per week.
60
Lectures p.w.
3
6
Practicals p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
1
14
40
150
Continuous evaluation:
60% - tests, tutorials and major assignments
40% - examinations
Department of Accounting
Accounting for Management ACM231 and ACM233 will be offered for the last time in 2013
Second Year
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
EMS
Department of Accounting
Accounting information applications
Accounting Information Applications 239
ACC239
6
15
1 Year
Year
BCom (Accounting)
BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum
2
At the end of the module, students should be able to:
• Demonstrate an understanding of the need for access to
information
• Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use
information as a business tool.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of a
business process mode.
• Use process models to document business activities
• Critically appraise a business process model
100
•
•
•
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer /tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Enhance financial reporting using IT tools
Use spreadsheets to analyses business data
Use accounting software packages to process accounting
information
• Be familiar with the controls in an accounting information
package available for implementation by management for
internal control purposes.
• Be familiar with certain functions in MS Excel to be able to
utilise it for integration with other subject areas
• The role of information within business
• Business processes and enterprise software
• Process using computerized accounting packages
• Using Internet tools in an accounting context
• Selected themes as determined by the Department of
Accounting
IFS131 or IFS132
None
None
Hours
56
20
28
20
26
150
Tests and tutorials:
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
1
Practicals p.w.
1
Tutorials p.w.
1
60%
Examination:
40%
Subject area: Financial Accounting
B. Com (Accounting)
Level 1
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 131
FIA131
15
Semester
First
B Com(Acc) and
B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum
5
1
At the end of the module the learner should be able to prepare:
-the financial statements of a sole trader
- various control accounts and their reconciliation (ie. Debtors,
creditors, bank)
Accounting as information system
Introduction to GAAP and the IFRS Framework
Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping
Subsidiary journals
Control accounts and reconciliation
101
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Revenue recognition and profit determination
Inventory
Property, plant and equipment
Financial statement preparation
B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum: ACC132
None
ACM131 or ACM132 or FIA141
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.3
5
Practicals p.w 0.
9
Tutorials p.w. 1
80
150
Tests and Tutorials : 40%
Examination : 60%
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 132
FIA132
15
Semester
Second
B Com (Acc) and
B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum
5
1
At the end of the module the learner should be able to prepare:
the financial statements of various forms of business entities.
an analysis of accrual financial statements
Non- current assets
Accounting for various forms of business entities
Companies
Non –profit organisations etc.
Statement of cash flows
Reading and analysis of financial statements.
FIA131
None
FIA142
Hours
56
Time-table Requirement per week
5
Lectures p.w. 3
9
Practicals p.w. 0
0
Tutorials p.w. 1
80
150
Tests and Tutorials : 40%
CFA
102
Examination
: 60%
Level 2
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting 214
Financial Accounting 214
FIA214
20
Semester
First
B.Com(Acc) and
B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum
6
2
At the end of the module the learner should be able to:
Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business
transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity
in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial
reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with
GAAP.
Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting
for group situations.
FIA 131 and a final mark of 55% for FIA132 or equivalent.
None
FIA241
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w. 4
10
Practicals p.w. 0
0
Tutorials p.w. 1
13
107
200
Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60%
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 225
FIA225
20
Semester
Second
B.Com(Acc) and
B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum
6
103
Year Level
Main Outcomes
2
At the end of the module the learner should be able to:
Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business
transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity
in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) , and prepare financial
reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with
GAAP.
Main Content
Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and
accounting for group situations.
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
FIA214
None
FIA242
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w. 4
10
Practicals p.w. 0
0
Tutorials p.w. 1
13
107
200
Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark
Examination
: 60% final mark
CFA
Assessment Module type
Level 3
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 324
FIA324
60
Year
Year course
B.Com(Acc) and
B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum
7
3
At the end of this module, the learner should be able to:
Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business
transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity
in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) , and prepare financial
reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with
GAAP.
Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting
for group situations.
104
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
FIA214 and FIA225
None
FIA341 and FIA342
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
168
Lectures p.w. 5
10
Practicals p.w.0
0
Tutorials p.w. 1
15
407
600
Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark
Examination
: 50% final mark (Two three hour
examination papers)
CFA
105
Subject area: Financial Accounting
B. Com (Financial Accounting)
Level 1
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 141/143
FIA141/FIA143
15
Semester
FIA141 First semester
FIA 143 Second semester
University
5
1
Students should be able to:
Define and apply the accounting concepts relating to the elements
of the accounting equation.
Record transactions using the double entry system.
Distinguish between cash and accrual accounting.
Apply accrual accounting and other adjustments to the preadjustment trial balance.
Distinguish between two methods of recording inventory and be
able to apply both.
Prepare various control accounts and their reconciliation.
Prepare the financial statements of a service and trading business.
Analyse and do a basic interpretation of the financial statements of
a sole proprietor.
Accounting as information system
Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping
Accounting for Value Added Tax.
Operation of cash controls
Bank reconciliation procedures
Preparation of the financial statements (excluding statement of
cash flows) of a sole trader
Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements
of a sole trader
B.Com Extended Programme:
ACC130 or ACC131 or ACC133 and QSF131 or QSF132
QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126
FIA131
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.
28
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
13
53
150
Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark
Examination
: 50% final mark
CFA
106
3
0
1
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 142
FIA142
10
Semester
Second
University
5
1
At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:
Apply the conceptual framework to the preparation of financial
statements of different entities
Prepare the statement of cash flows on either the direct or indirect
method
Apply the statement of cash flows in the analysis of performance
and financial position of an entity
Analyse and interpret financial statements
Record transactions manually in subsidiary journals and ledgers and
do relevant controls
Recognition, measurement and classification of elements of the
financial statements
Financial Statements(Including statement of cash flows) of different
entities:
•
Close Corporations
•
Companies
•
Non Profit Organisations
Analysis and Interpretation of financial statements
FIA141 or passed the special assessment after completion of the
FIA141 Winter School and QSF141 or Qsc131 or equivalent and
ALC131
None
FIA132
Hours
56
14
0
9
21
100
Tests and, tutorials: 50%of
Final mark
CFA
107
Time-table Requirement
week
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
per
3
0
1
Examination:50% of Final mark
Level 2
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 241
FIA241
20
Semester
First
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com
6
2
At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:
Prepare and present company annual financial statements
including disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements
Manually and by means of an accounting software package
calculate financial ratios
Analyse and interpret financial statements
Conceptual Framework and preparation and presentation of
financial statements.
Basic income tax calculations and deferred tax principles
Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and
disclosure of the following selected elements of financial
statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS):
Revenue
Inventory
Property, plant & equipment
Intangible assets
Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
Utilising accounting software in order to calculate financial ratios
of a company
Analysis and interpretation of financial statements
Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting.
FIA 141 and FIA 142 or
FIA 131 and FIA 132 or
FIA131 and passed the special assessment after completion of
FIA142 Summer School
None
FIA214
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
week
Lectures p.w.
3
Practicals p.w.
0.5
Tutorials p.w.
1
56
40
9
14
81
200
50% Tests, practicals & assignments
50% Exam
CFA
108
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 242
FIA242
20
Semester
Second semester
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com
6
2
At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:
Prepare and present company annual financial statements including
the disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements
Calculate the effect on financial statements as result of management
decisions relating to changes in accounting policies, estimates and the
effect of fundamental errors
Prepare basic business combinations
Undertake financial analysis and interpretation of financial statements
and report thereon
Assess business and financial risk
Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and
disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements
in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS):
Net profit, prior period errors and changes in accounting policy
Events after reporting period
Earnings per share
Statement of cash flows
Financial structure and financial instruments
Financial analysis and decision making
Basic business combinations
Borrowing costs
Interpretation of financial analysis of a company including the
identification of any financial and business risk and reporting thereon
Use the report writer of an accounting package to prepare reports to
management on the financial performance and financial position of a
company
Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting.
FIA 241 or FIA 214 or passed the special assessment after
completion of the FIA241 Winter School
None
FIA225
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.
40
Practicals p.w.
14
Tutorials p.w.
9
81
200
50% Tests, practicals & assigments
50% Exam
CFA
109
3
0.5
1
Level 3
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Accounting
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 341
FIA341
30
Semester
1
B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com
7
3
At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:
Prepare and present financial statements for companies in terms of
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS);
This module will cover the following specific topics:
The Conceptual Framework;
Preparation and presentation Financial Statements, including the
statement of cash flows and notes to the financial statements;
A selection of standards from International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS), including but not limited to the following:
Financial instruments: Disclosures;
Taxation;
Leases;
Property, plant and equipment;
Investment property;
Intangible assets;
Provisions, contingent assets and liabilities
Borrowing costs;
Earnings per share (separate companies);
Events after the reporting period.
The IFRS on Construction Contracts will be covered on the level of
awareness
Write reports on financial and business risk as well as on financial
performance and financial position.
FIA241 and FIA242 or
FIA214 and FIA225 or
FIA214 and passed the special assessment after completion of the
FIA242 Summer School
None
FIA324
Hours
70
112
0
9
109
300
Tests, tutorials and practicals:
50% of final mark
CFA
110
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
4
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
Examination:
50% of final mark
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Accounting
Accounting
Financial Accounting
Financial Accounting 342
FIA342
30
Semester
2
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com
7
3
At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:
Prepare and present separate and consolidated financial statements
for companies in terms of International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS);
This module will cover the following specific topics:
Group financial statements;
Preparation and presentation of Group Financial Statements,
including the group statement of cash flows and notes to the group
financial statements;
Selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS), including but not limited to the following:
Taxation;
Share based payments;
Segmental reporting;
Earnings per share (group);
Foreign entities and the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates;
Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations;
Related party disclosure.
The IFRS on share based payments and segmental reporting will be
covered at the level of awareness
Case study of a group annual report of a selected listed public
company.
FIA341
None
FIA324
Hours
70
112
0
9
109
300
Tests, tutorials and practicals:
50% of final mark
CFA
111
Time-table Requirement per
week
Lectures p.w.
4
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
Examination:
50% of final mark
Subject area: Auditing
B Com (Accounting) programme
Level 2
Module Topic
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed Semester to be
Offered
Programmes in which the
Module is Offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with Lecturer/Tutor
Assignments and Tasks
Assessments
Practicals
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Assessment Module Type
Auditing
AUD236
10
Semester
2
B Com (Accounting) and
B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum
6
2
Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:
Explain the functions and responsibilities of an external auditor.
Explain the importance of ethical behaviour by professional
accountants, and apply SAICA’s Code of Professional Conduct to
scenario-type questions.
Apply the Auditing Profession Act, specifically sections 45 and
46, to scenario-type questions.
Explain the flow of the external audit process.
Explain concepts and principles important to the external audit
process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment.
Perform a basic risk assessment.
Calculate materiality, with motivation.
Explain control techniques.
Design basic internal control systems, identify weaknesses in a
control system and recommend improvement to address such
weaknesses.
Draft tests of controls.
Explain the different types of reports that an external auditor can
issue.
An introduction to external auditing
SAICA’s Code of Professional Conduct
The Auditing Profession Act
The audit process
Materiality determination
Risk assessment
Internal control techniques
Audit testing techniques
The application of control techniques to two cycles
The application of audit testing techniques to two cycles
BET211
None
AUD241 and AUD242
Hours
Time-table Requirements per Week
42
Lectures
2
7
Practicals
0
15
Tutorials
1
0
36
100
Coursework: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark
CFA
112
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed Semester to be
Offered
Programmes in which the
Module is Offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Business Ethics
Business Ethics 211
BET211
10
Semester
1
B Com (Accounting) and
B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum
6
2
Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:
•
Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the arguments
for and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level.
•
Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics
belongs in the business environment.
•
Explain the core elements of some important value systems,
including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity,
and Islam.
•
Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and
criticize extreme relativism.
•
Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics,
and criticize the theories:
•
Virtue ethics.
•
Rule morality, and more specifically Kant’s version thereof.
•
Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham’s and Mill’s
versions thereof.
•
Make ethical decisions by applying Kant’s version of rule
morality and Bentham’s and Mill’s versions of utilitarianism
to scenarios.
•
Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical
decision-making.
•
Explain the argument in favour of a free market system as put
forward by Adam Smith.
•
Explain Karl Marx’s theory about the inevitable march of
history, and criticize his theory.
•
Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic
justice.
•
Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the
corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility.
•
Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance, focusing on
the role of the board of directors.
•
Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration as a
contentious governance-related matter.
•
Explain the steps in the process of ethics management, and
the problems involved in ethics management, particularly in
the context of a company with suppliers in developing
countries.
•
Explain the characteristics of a profession, and how those
characteristics apply to the accounting and auditing
professions.
•
Explain the basic structure of IFAC’s Code of Conduct, as
adopted by SAICA and IRBA, and the fundamental principles
113
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with Lecturer/Tutor
Assignments and Tasks
Assessments
Practicals
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module Type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
in that code.
•
Explain three theories about the nature of the organization.
•
Some important value systems
•
General theory of ethics
•
Issues of macro-ethics
•
The moral obligations of the modern corporation
•
An introduction to corporate governance
•
Ethics management
•
The professional status of the professional accountant
•
Some organisational theories
FIA132 or equivalent; and
ALC131 or ALC132
None
BET242
Hours
Time-table Requirements per Week
28
Lectures
2
30
Practicals
0
5.5
Tutorials
0
0
36.5
100
Coursework: 60% of final mark
Final exam: 40% of final mark
CFA
EMS
Department of Accounting
Accounting information applications
Accounting Information Applications 239
ACC239
6
15
1 Year
Year
BCom (Accounting)
BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum
2
At the end of the module, students should be able to:
• Demonstrate an understanding of the need for access to
information
• Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use
information as a business tool.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of a
business process mode.
• Use process models to document business activities
• Critically appraise a business process model
• Enhance financial reporting using IT tools
• Use spreadheets to analyse business data
• Use accounting software packages to process accounting
information
• Be familiar with the controls in an accounting information
package available for implementation by management for
internal control purposes.
• Be familiar with certain functions in MSExcel to be able to
utilise it for integration with other subject areas
114
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•
•
•
•
•
The role of information within business
Business processes and enterprise software
Process using computerized accounting packages
Using Internet tools in an accounting context
Selected themes as determined by the Department of
Accounting
IFS131 or IFS132
None
None
Hours
56
20
28
20
26
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
1
Practicals p.w.
1
Tutorials p.w.
1
150
Tests and tutorials: 60%
Examination:40%
CFA
Level 3
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed Semester to be
Offered
Programmes in which the
Module will be Offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Auditing
Auditing 322
AUD322
30
Year
Year
B Com (Accounting) and
B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum
7
3
At the end of the module, a student should be able to:
Discuss, explain and apply the regulatory principles, particularly as
contained in the International Standards of Auditing, governing the
external auditor’s work.
Discuss and apply the various stages of the external audit process
to a given scenario.
Apply the principles and concepts governing the various stages of
the external audit process,
e.g. materiality and risk assessment
Design, evaluate, test and criticize the internal controls systems in
a given scenario.
Design, for manual and computerised environments, audit
programmes.
Formulate, select and discuss the appropriate type of audit report
that an external auditor can issue in a given situation.
Critically discuss and apply principles of corporate governance.
All of the outcomes found in the Auditing 236 module descriptor
are examinable in this module.
115
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with Lecturer/Tutor
Assignments and Tasks
Practicals
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module Type
The stages of the external audit process
Concepts and principles important to the external audit process,
e.g. materiality and risk assessment
The regulatory environment governing the external auditor’s work,
including International Standards of Auditing
Internal controls in manual and computerised environments
Audit testing in manual and computerised environments
The reports that an external auditor can issue
Corporate governance
IT applications
AUD236, FIA214
None
AUD341
Hours
Time-table Requirements per Week
100
Lectures pw 0
30
Practicals pw 0
10
Tutorials pw 0
12
148
300
Coursework: 50% of final mark
Final exam: 50% of final mark
CFA
Subject area: Auditing
B Com (Financial Accounting)
Level 2
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed Semester to be Offered
Programmes in which the
Module will be Offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Economic and Management Accounting
Accounting
Internal Auditing
Auditing 241
AUD241
10
Semester
1
B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com
6
2
Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:
Explain basic theory relating to the role of the internal auditing
function in the modern corporation
Explain types of internal audit
Explain the importance of the Institute of InternaI Auditors’
standards for the professional practice of internal auditing, and
apply some of these standards to scenario-type questions
Explain the performance objectives of organisations
Explain important concepts relating to risk assessment, and
perform basic risk assessments
Explain control frameworks, with an emphasis on control
techniques
Explain how audit evidence can be collected and assessed
Explain the flow of the internal audit process
The emerging role of internal auditing
116
Pre-requisite Modules
Co-requisite Modules
Prohibited Module Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with Lecturer/Tutor
Assignments and Tasks
Practicals
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Assessment Module Type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed Semester to be Offered
Programmes in which the
Module will be Offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Types of internal audit
The Institute of Internal Auditors’ standards for the professional
practice of internal auditing
The performance objectives of organisations
Risk assessment
Control frameworks
Audit evidence
The internal audit process and documentation
FIA141 or
FIA131, AND
ALC131 or ALC132
None
AUD236
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
Week
42
Lectures pw. 0
16
Practical pw 0
0
Tutorialspw 0
7
35
100
CAM: 50% of final mark
Final exam: 50% of final mark
CFA
Economic and Management Accounting
Accounting
Internal Auditing
Auditing 242
AUD242
10
Semester
2
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com
6
2
Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:
Explain the flow of the internal audit process
Explain basic theory relating to control and performance
evaluation, e.g. the purpose of controls and the types of controls
Explain the theory relating to audit engagement tools, statistics
and quantitative methods, focusing on the application of
sampling
Explain the steps to be followed during the planning phase of the
internal audit engagement
Explain the steps to be followed when drafting an audit report,
including follow-up actions
Apply the above theory to scenario-type questions
Explain sound corporate governance practices, and apply
corporate governance theory to scenario-type questions
Explain the interaction between an organisation’s financial
accounting function, internal audit function and external auditors
Explain the internal auditor’s duties regarding the organisation’s
regulatory and legal compliance
The internal audit process and documentation
Control and performance evaluation
117
Pre-requisite Modules
Co-requisite Modules
Prohibited Module Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with Lecturer/Tutor
Assignments and Tasks
Practicals
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Assessment Module Type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative methods
Engagement planning
Audit reporting and follow-up
Corporate governance
The internal audit function and financial accounting and finance
The legal and regulatory environment
Auditing in a computerised environment
General and application controls
CAATS
AUD241
None
AUD236
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
Week
42
Lectures : 3
18
Practical : 0
0
Tutorials : 0
5
35
100
CAM: 50% of final mark
Final exam: 50% of final mark
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Business Ethics
Business Ethics 242
BET242
10
Semester
2
B Com(Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com
(Human Resources), B Com
6
2
Upon successful completion of this module, a student should be
able to:
Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the arguments for
and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level.
Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics
belongs in the business environment.
Explain some core elements of some important value systems,
including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity,
and Islam.
Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and
criticise extreme relativism.
Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics, and
criticise the theories:
Virtue ethics
Rule morality, and more specifically Kant’s version thereof
Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham’s and Mill’s
versions thereof
Apply Kant’s version of rule morality and Bentham’s and Mill’s
versions of utilitarianism to scenarios.
Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical
decision-making.
118
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Explain the argument in favour of a free market system as put
forward by Smith.
Explain Marx’s theory about the inevitable march of history,
and criticise his theory.
Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic justice
Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the
corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility.
Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance, focusing on the
role of the board of directors.
Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration as a
contentious governance-related matter.
Explain the steps in the process of ethics management, and the
problems involved in ethics management, particularly in the
context of a company with suppliers in developing countries.
Explain three theories about the nature of the organisation.
Some value systems
Some important ethical theories
The free market system and the Marxist critique of the free
market system
The moral obligations of the corporation
Corporate governance
Ethics management
Some theories about the nature of the organisation
ALC131 or ALC132
None
BET211
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w.
2
30
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
0
5.5
36.5
100
CAM: 60%
Exam: 40%
CFA
Level 3
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed Semester to be Offered
Programmes in which the
Module will be Offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Internal Auditing
Auditing 341
AUD341
15
Semester
1
B.Com (Financial Accounting)
7
3
Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:
Assess controls as outlined in a scenario-type question, point out
control weaknesses, and make recommendations about controls
that can be implemented to address such weaknesses
Explain what quality assurance should involve, and apply the
relevant theory to a scenario-type question
119
Main Content
Pre-requisite Modules
Co-requisite Modules
Prohibited Module Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with Lecturer/Tutor
Assignments and Tasks
Practicals
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Assessment Module Type
Explain the independent review process
Auditing in a computerised environment – networks and related
concepts
Controls techniques
Controls in the following cycles:
Revenue and receipts cycle
Acquisition and payments cycle
Inventory and production cycle
Payroll and personnel cycle
Internal audit quality
Overview of the independent review process
AUD241 and AUD242
None
AUD327
Hours
Time-table Requirement per Week
56
Lectures : 3
18
Practical : 0
0
Tutorials : 1
7
69
150
CAM: 50% of final mark
Final exam: 50% of final mark
CFA
Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management
B Com (Accounting) programme
Level 2
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha Numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Year level
Main Outcomes
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Management Accounting
Management Accounting 234
MAC234
10
Semester
First
BCom (Acc)
BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum
6
2
At the end of the module, students will be able to:
Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the
costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a
service;
Prepare and comment on cost statements or cost reports based on
job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing
and activity based costing;
Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and
interpret the results;
Prepare income statements based on variable costing and
absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two
methods;
Discuss the budget development process, compile various
operating budgets and financial budgets and comment on their
120
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited combinations
Breakdown of learning time
Contact with lecturer/ tutor
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment:
Practicals:
Self Study
Total Learning Time
Methods of student assessment:
Assessment module type:
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
use as control instruments;
Comment on the standard costing
system as a control technique, compute basic variances and
reconcile actual profit with budgeted profit;
Evaluate the performance of managers;
Functions of management accounting, and relationship between
financial and management accounting;
Cost concepts and classifications
Cost elements – materials, labour and overheads
Cost accumulation systems – job costing, process costing;
Direct and absorption costing
Cost-volume –profit analysis
Budgeting
Standard costing
FIA131 and FIA132 and ALC131 or ALC132
None
MAC241
Amended Hours
Time-table requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w. 3
0
Practicals p.w. -0
9
Tutorials p.w. 1
0
35
100
Tests and Tutorials : 40%
Examination : 60%
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Corporate and Financial Management
Corporate and Financial Management CFM221
CFM221
10
Semester
Second
BCom (Acc)
BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum
6
2
At the end of the module students will be able to:
Develop and evaluate an entity’s strategies.
Demonstrate an understanding of an entity’s plan for risk
management.
Demonstrate an understanding of an entity’s governance model.
Establish and evaluate overall financial goals.
Analyse an entity’s financial situation.
Demonstrate an understanding of strategies for avoiding and
dealing with business failure.
Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of risk and return and the
portfolio theory.
Demonstrate an understanding of the cost of capital and the capital
structure of an entity.
Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the capital budgeting
process.
Business strategy.
121
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of student assessment
Assessment module type
Risk management concepts.
Aspects of corporate governance.
Functions of financial management.
Analysis of financial information.
Business in difficulty.
Time value of money.
Risk and return and the portfolio theory.
Cost of capital.
Capital structure.
Capital budgeting.
MAC234 and BET211
None
FIM242
Hours
42
15
0
9
34
100
CAM – 40% final mark
CFA
Time-table Requirement per
week
Lectures p.w.
2
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
1
Examination – 60% final mark
Level 3
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE
MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 334
MAF334
7
30
Year
Year
BCom (Acc)
BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum
3
At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:
• Demonstrate an understanding of costing concepts and their
application in the design, implementation and operation of
costing systems.
• Devise appropriate indicators of performance to measure and
evaluate management performance and provide information
for management control decision-making and system design.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the investment, financing
and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities,
within the context of its environment
• Make recommendations designed to responsibly manage an
entity through effective use of financial resources and in
accordance with the strategic objectives of the entity.
• Be able to integrate costing concepts with financial
management principles
Joint and by-product costing
122
Cost volume profit analysis
Relevant cost
Activity-based costing
Budgeting
Standard costing
Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing
Cost estimation and behaviour
Linear programming
IT applications
Valuations
Capital Budgeting
Management of working capital
Cost of Capital
Capital structure
Financing decisions
Dividends
Mergers, takeovers and divestitures
Treasury function
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
MAC 234 and CFM 221
None
MAC 341 and FIM 342
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
104
10
0
16
170
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
week
Lectures p.w.
3
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
300
Tests and Tutorials : 50%
CFA
Examination
: 50%
Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management
B Com (Financial Accounting)
Level 2
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Management Accounting
Management Accounting 241
MAC241
10
Semester
First
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com
6
2
At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:
123
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs
that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service;
Prepare cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing,
process costing, joint and by-product costing and activity based
costing;
Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and
interpret the results;
Prepare the statement of comprehensive income based on variable
costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under
the two methods;
Discuss the budget development process, compile various
operating budgets and financial budgets.
Applying basic techniques and principles in the decision making
process.
Functions of management accounting, and relationship between
financial and management accounting;
Cost concepts, classifications and the nature of costs;
Cost elements – materials, labour and overheads;
Cost accumulation systems – job costing, process costing and
activity-based costing;
Direct and absorption costing;
Cost-volume-profit analysis;
Budgeting;
Basic decision making applications.
FIA141 and FIA142 or
FIA131 and FIA132 and
QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126 and
ALC131 or ALC132
None
MAC234
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.
3
0
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
9
35
100
Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark
Examination:50% Final mark
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Management
Financial Management 242
FIM242
10
Semester
2
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com
6
2
124
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
At the end of this module, the learner should be able to:
Evaluate an entity’s financial strategies.
Evaluate overall financial goals.
Analyse an entity’s financial situation.
Comprehend the principles of risk and return.
Calculate and apply the concepts of cost of capital and the capital
structure of an entity.
Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of capital budgeting
process.
Business strategy.
Risk management concepts.
Functions of financial management.
Analysis of financial information.
Time value of money.
Risk and return.
Cost of capital.
Capital structure.
Capital budgeting.
MAC241 or MAC234
None
CFM221
Hours
56
0
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
3
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
9
35
100
Test and Tutorials:50% Final mark
Examination:50% Final mark
CFA
Level 3
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Management Accounting
Management Accounting 341
MAC341
15
Semester
First
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com
7
3
At the end of the module, students should be able to:
Apply costing concepts in the design, implementation and
operation of costing systems.
Apply appropriate indicators of performance to measure and
evaluate management performance and provide information for
management control decision-making and system design.
Joint and by-product costing
Cost volume profit analysis
125
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Relevant cost and decision making
Activity-based costing
Zero based budgeting
Standard costing
Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing
MAC241 or
MAC234
None
MAC314
Hours
56
-
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
3
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
9
85
150
Test and Tutorials:50% Final mark
Examination:50% Total mark
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Financial Management
Financial Management 342
FIM342
15
Semester
2nd semester
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com
7
3
At the end of the module, students should be able to:
Calculate, analyse and evaluate investment, financing and
dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities.
Valuations
Capital Budgeting
Management of working capital
Cost of Capital
Capital structure
Financing decisions
Dividends
FIM242 or CFM221 and
MAC341 or MAC314
None
FMA324
Hours
56
-
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
3
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
9
85
126
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
150
Test and Tutorials:
50% Final mark
CFA
127
Examination:
50% Final mark
Subject Area: Taxation
B Com (Accounting) programme
Level 2
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Taxation
Taxation 228
TAX228
10
Semester
Second
B.Com(Acc)
B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum
6
2
At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:
Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant
information, and do basic calculations of the Income Tax Act, The
Value-Added Tax Act.
Identify the different concepts, interpret and analyse the information
in the framework for the determination of taxable income and
income tax
Gross Income, exempt income and taxable income
General deduction formula
Special deductions
Individuals
Administration, Returns, assessments, Objections and Appeal
Value-Added Tax
Capital Gains Tax (CGT)
None
None
TAX242
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
42
10
8
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w
Tutorials p.w.
40
100
Test & Tutorials (DP): 40% of final markExamination: 60% of final
mark
CFA
128
Level 3
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Taxation
Taxation327
TAX327
30
Year
Year
B.Com(Acc) and
B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum
7
3
At the end of the module, a student should be able to:
Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant
information and do basic and complex calculations of the Income
Tax Act and the Value-Added Tax Act
Extract the relevant information required for the calculation of a
person’s liability for normal tax, Value-Added Tax, donations tax
and provisional tax ;and
Calculate a person’s liabilities for normal tax, Value Added Tax,
donations tax and, provisional tax.
All of the outcomes found in the TAX 228 module descriptor are
examinable in this module.
Normal Tax liability of:
Individuals; and
Business entities
Capital Gains Tax
Employees and provisional tax
Assessed losses
Trading stock
Value-Added Tax
Donations Tax
IT applications
TAX228
None
TAX343
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
114
Lectures p.w.
30
Practicals p.w
Tutorials p.w
12
154
300
Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark
Examination
: 50% final mark
CFA
129
Subject Area: Taxation
B Com (Financial Accounting) programme
Level 2
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Taxation
Taxation 242
TAX242
10
Semester
Semester 2
B Com (Financial Accounting) , B Com
6
2
At the end of the module, a student should be able to:
Define and identify the different components of the taxable income
framework
Identify information required to calculate an individual’s taxable
income
Complete an individual’s tax return
Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT return
Gross Income:
general definition
special inclusions
Exemptions
General deduction: general definitions
special deductions
Individuals (including fringe benefits)
Capital gains tax (basic principles)
Basic principles of VAT
FIA141 or FIA131, AND
ALC131 or ALC132
None
TAX228
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per
week
Lectures p.w.
2
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
42
10
8
40
100
Tests , Tutorials and
Assignments (CAM):
Examination:
CFA
130
50 % of final mark
50% of Final Mark
Level 3
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economic and Management Sciences
Accounting
Taxation
Taxation 343
TAX343
30
Year
Year module
B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com
7
3
At the end of the module, a student should be able to:
Identify and apply the main provisions of the Income Tax Act and
the Value-Added Tax Act
Extract and apply the relevant information required for the
calculation of income tax, Value-Added Tax, donations tax,; and
Calculate a person’s liabilities for income tax, Value-Added tax
and Donations tax.
Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT return.
Complete a salary reconciliation on an accounting software
package and complete a PAYE return
All of the outcomes found in the TAX 242 module descriptor are
examinable in this module.
Normal Tax liability of:
Individuals; and
Business entities
Fringe benefits
Capital Gains Tax
Employees and provisional tax
Assessed losses
Trading stock
Capital allowances and recoupments
Value-Added Tax
Donations Tax
Turnover tax for Micro businesses
IT applications
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
112
Lectures p.w.
40
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
12
136
300
Test , Tutorials & Assignments(CAM)
50% of final mark
Examination
50% of final mark
CFA
131
School of Business and Finance
•
Three majors are offered in the School – Management, Finance and Insurance.
•
On completion of Management at the 2nd year level, students may select Finance as a 3rd year major.
•
Admission to Finance as a major (MAN307 and MAN308) requires 55% in both Finance
modules (MAN235 and MAN234) at the 2nd year level or a pass in MAN312.
•
Entrepreneurship and Insurance are offered as half subjects at the 3rd year
First Year Level
Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS or Law faculties are required to complete
Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB 133)in the 1st Semester before completing MAN 132 in
the 2nd Semester (or MAN131 if taken the following year).
Management
First Year
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE
INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS
INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS
IEB 131 (for non-EMS students)
IEB133 (for EMS Students)
IEB134 (Repeat module in the 2nd semester)
15
Semester
Programme – BCom. Extended Curriculum, B.A., SRes or Law
5
At the end of this module, students should be able to:
• Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their
application in the South African economy
• Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government
in the economy.
• Describe and evaluate South Africa’s recent economic
performance.
• Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial
success in the SA economy
• Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and
apply them to real world settings.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small
businesses operate.
• Develop a business plan for a small business.
• Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles
• Overview of the South African economy
• Perfect and imperfect competition
• Production and costs
• Role of entrepreneurship
• The environment in which small business operates
132
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
• Establishing a small business.
• Principles underlying the main functional areas.
• Compilation of the Business Plan
None
Man131 or Man132 for 4-year programme students and Non-EMS
students
None
Hours
Time-table requirement per week
56
30
7
57
150
Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester
Tests (60%); Examination 40%
MANAGEMENT
MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
MAN131 (1st Semester) MAN132 (2nd Semester)
15
Semester
University
5
At the end of the module students will be able to describe and
demonstrate an understanding of :
• the nature of the business enterprise and its constituent
components
• the process of establishing a business in South Africa
• the internal and external environment within which businesses
operate
• the requirements of successful entrepreneurs/ship.
• the principles of managing the main functional areas
• the basic management principles such as planning, organizing,
leading and controlling
• the dynamics of working and completing tasks in a group
• Overview of the business enterprise as a system
• Historical development of the field of Management.
• External and internal business environment
• Entrepreneurship.
• Establishing a business.
• Principles of managing the main functional areas – marketing,
employment relations/human resources, operations and
finance
• Functions of management – planning, organising, leading,
controlling
BCom (3year), BCom(Acc)(4 year) – none; BAdmin (from 2015),
BCom 4-yr, Non-EMS students IEB131, IEB133 or IEB134
None
None
133
Breakdown of Learning
Time (hours)
Methods of Student
Assessment
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignments and tasks:
Tests and examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Total learning time:
Test(s); tutorials, assignments (60%)
56 hours
30 hours
7 hours
57 hours
0 hours
150 hrs
Examination 40%.
Second Year
Consists of 4 compulsory modules, 2 in each semester
BCom (Extended 4-year), BAdmin and students not registered for degrees in EMS may register for
Management or SME Management comprising the modules listed below other BCom students may only
register for Management:
MANAGEMENT
MAN231 Marketing
MAN235 Financial and Analytical Techniques
MAN233 Operations Management
MAN234 Business Finance
SME MANAGEMENT
MAN231 Marketing
MAN206 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises
MAN201 Entrepreneurship
MAN233 Operations Management
Students registering for SME Management require 60% average for Man201, Man231, Man233 and
Man206 to register for MAN304 and major in Management at 3rd year level.
Students who do not get 60% may register for SME Management at 3rd year level but may not be able to
continue to Honours studies in Management. They will eligible for the Postgraduate Diploma in
Management.
Semester 1
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT – MARKETING
MARKETING
MAN231
10
Semester (1st)
BCom . BCom.(Law), B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management),
BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin, B.A.(SRM), BSc(CHS), BA (Tourism),
Bed (EMS)
6
At the end of the module, the student should be able to:
• Describe, explain and apply the fundamental principles and
practices of marketing for profit-seeking and non profit-seeking
organizations
• Develop marketing plans and formulate strategies for various
types of organizations.
• Strategic Marketing planning and environmental analysis
134
Pre-requisites
Prohibited Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Groupwork
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Groupwork
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
• Product, pricing, distribution and promotion strategies
• International marketing
MAN131/MAN132; ALC131/ ALC132 or equivalent
None
B. Time-table of Requirement per week
Hours
33
10
Lectures p.w.
5
Practicals p.w
0
Tutorials p.w
45
7
100
Tests and Assignments (60%)
Final Assessment (40%)
1.5
0
1
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE
MANAGEMENT – FINANCE & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
MAN235
10
Semester (1st)
BCom , B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom(Law),
BCom(Evenings), BAdmin
6
This module is a preparation course for MAN 234 (Business
Finance). At the end of the module students should be able to
demonstrate the ability to:
•
Conduct financial ratio analysis and interpret the results
•
Perform time value of money calculations
•
Explain and apply breakeven analysis and profit planning
techniques
•
Financial statement analysis
•
Time value of money
•
Break-even analysis and profit planning
•
Working capital management
•
Computer simulations
MAN 131/MAN 132; QSC131/ QSC132/ QSA131/ MAM126/
ECO135/STA 132/ BUS131/BUS132
Man 234; ACM131/132 or FIA131/FIA141
MAN206
B. Time-table of Requirement per
Hours
week
35
16
Lectures p.w.
1.5
6
Practicals p.w
0
0
Tutorials p.w
1
43
100
Tests and Assignments (60%)
Final Assessment (40%)
135
Semester 2
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module name
Alpha numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy/Preparation
Other: Test/Exam Prep
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE –MANAGEMENT
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
MAN 233
10
Semester (2nd)
BCom , B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom (Law), BCom
(After Hours), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A (Tourism), B.Ed (EMS)
6
At the end of the module, the student will be able to:
•
Demonstrate knowledge of basic operations management concepts
•
Develop an understanding of how to use basic operations
management techniques
•
Apply the operations management concepts and techniques to
analyse and improve operations
•
Basic concepts of operations management
•
Operational process types & management
•
Forecasting & capacity management
•
Production & service planning
•
Inventory and supply chain management
•
Quality management & implementation of lean operations
MAN131/MAN 132; ALC131/ALC132; QSC131/ QSC132/QSA131
(50%) or MAN206 (Finance for SME’s) (40%)
None
None
Hours
Time-Table Requirements per week
33
Lectures p.w. 2 (1 x1)
1.5
10
Tutorials p.w
1
5
.
45
7
100
Tutorials & tests (60%)
Final Assessment (40%)
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE –MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT – BUSINESS FINANCE
MANAGEMENT – BUSINESS FINANCE
MAN234
6
10
Semester
BCom (General), BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
• Understand the relationship between risk and return
• Value assets and bonds
• Analyse options when investing in assets
136
•
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Identify and determine the cost of capital of various financing
options
• Risk and return
• Valuation of assets
• Capital budgeting
• Working Capital Management
MAN 111; MAN 121; Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC111,
QSA102 or QSC122) or Maths 111/126, or Mathematical Economics
103; STA 131/132/101; MAN 235 (40%)
None
MAN206
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
35
16
6
Lectures p.w.
Tutorials p.w
43
100
Tutorials & tests (60%)
Final Assessment (40%)
CAF
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE
MANAGEMENT – FINANCE & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
MAN235 (111017)
6
10
Semester
First Semester
BCom (General), BCom(Law), BCom(Evenings), BAdmin
This module is a preparation course for MAN 234 (Finance). At the
end of the module students should be able to demonstrate the ability
to:
•
Conduct financial ratio analysis and interpret the results
•
Perform time value of money calculations
•
Explain and apply breakeven analysis and profit planning
techniques
•
Financial statement analysis
•
Time value of money
•
Break-even analysis and profit planning
•
Working capital management
•
Computer simulations
MAN 111 and MAN 121 OR MAN 131 or MAN 132, QSC 132 or
QSA 131 or Maths 111 or ECO135 or STA 132 or Business Stats
131/132
MAN 234 ACM131/132 OR FIA131; STA134 or
BUS STATS 131/132
MAN206
137
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Hours
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE –
ENTREPRENEURSHIP – STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS
ENTREPRENEURSHIP – STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS
MAN201
10
Semester
B.Com.(Management), BCom (Extended), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A
(Tourism), B.Ed (EMS), BSc (CHS)
6
The module aims to develop a broad understanding of factors to be
considered when starting a new business. At the end of the module, the
student should have demonstrated an understanding of the:
• Enterprise development and entrepreneurship as fields of study
• The relationship between entrepreneurship, enterprise development
and economic growth in South Africa.
• Challenges facing entrepreneurs and enterprise development
policies
• Procedures for starting the enterprise
• Tools and reporting techniques to communicate the venture with
interested parties requirements of a business plan for starting a
small enterprise
• Entrepreneurship and enterprise development policy and practice
• Overview of successful enterprises
• Characteristics of successful entrepreneurs
• Establishing a new enterprise
• Business plan components
• Procedures in developing a business plan
MAN111 and MAN121/MAN131/MAN132, ALC131/ALC132 or
equivalent
MAN206
None
Hours
Time-Table Requirements per week
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited combinations
Breakdown of Learning
time
Contact with Lecturer/tutor:
Assignments & Tasks
Assessment
Practicals
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type (CAF)
Time-table Requirement per week
35
16
Lectures p.w.
6
0
Tutorials p.w
43
100
Tests and Assignments (60%)
Final Assessment (40%)
35
10
5
(test and examinations)
0
50
100
Tests and Tutorials : 60% final mark
Examination : 40% final mark
138
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments:
Selfstudy
Other:
Class preparation
Total Learning Time
Assessment Module type
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE
FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES
FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES
MAN206
7
10
Semester
Semester
BAdmin., B.A(DE), BA (Tourism), BSC (CHS), BEd (EMS subjects),
BCom General (4-year)
At the end of the module the students should be able to demonstrate an
understanding of:
• Different sources of SME funding and decision tools used to
choose between them;
• Tax implications for different types of enterprise forms
• Preparation of capital and operational budgets for SMEs and
decisions regarding sources of financing for SMEs;
• How to determine the cost price of a product or service
Application of key finance techniques to address the practical
challenges faced in financing a growing SME:
• Sources of funding available, including state support, venture
capital and private equity funding;
• Working capital management;
• Different enterprise forms and their financial/tax implications;
• Budgeting and planning techniques; and
• Costing
MAN131 or MAN132; ALC or EED (or equivalent)
MAN201
None
Hours
Time-Table Requirements
per week
Lectures
Practicals
Tutorials
33
20
7
30
10
100
Assignments; projects; tests (60%);
139
Final assessment (40%).
Third Year
Three majors are offered in the School of Business and Finance in 2015 – Management, Finance and
Insurance (each comprising four 15-credit modules).
SME Management is not offered in 2015
Students may also register for half majors (each comprising two 15-credit modules). Half majors will be
phased out after 2015
Management
Compulsory Modules:
Man 314 and Man 304
Electives:
Any of the following pairs of modules (2 x 15 credits) if offered
a.
MAN 305 and MAN312
b. MAN 305 and MAN325
c.
MAN 325 and MAN303
Finance
Compulsory Modules:
Management MAN 305, 307, 308 and 312
SME Management (not offered in 2015)
Compulsory Modules:
Management 314 and Management 325 Project Management
Electives:
One of the following pairs of modules (2x15 credits)
a. Management MAN303 Service Marketing and MAN306 Retailing
b. Entrepreneurship MAN333 Business Law for SME’s and MAN339 SME Business Planning (not offered
in 2015)
MANAGEMENT DIVISION
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT
RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS
RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS
MAN314
7
15
First semester
BCom (General), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours), BAdmin,
Relevant non-EMS degrees.
The module aims to develop communication and research skills in
an integrated manner. On completion, students should have
demonstrated the ability to:
• Explain all elements of the business research process
• Formulate research questions and design a simple study
• Conduct a literature review on a contemporary business topic
• Collect and analyse relevant data and compile it in a
comprehensive report
140
•
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Conduct professional oral and written business communications
relating to the research project utilizing appropriate technology
• The research process and business communication models
• Research questions, design and literature reviews
• Research project planning and proposal writing
• Qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection
• Analyzing data reporting findings
• Oral and written types of professional business communications,
including email, letters, proposals and presentations
MAN131/MAN 132 OR MAN 111 and 121; QSC and ALC; MAN
231, MAN 233; MAN 235 or MAN 234 or MAN201 AND MAN206
(60%)
MAN 304 or MAN325
None
Hours
Time-Table Requirements per
week
40
40
Lectures p.w.
5
0
Tutorials p.w
45
150
Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written
business communication; Semester Test (60%);
Final Assessment (40%)
CAF
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
MAN304
7
15
Semester
Second semester
BCom, BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
(a) demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the analytical tools
used to:
• Manage the process strategy formulation, choice and
implementation.
• Analyse the external business environment that companies
compete in
• Identify resources and capabilities to sustain competitive
advantage
• Develop the mission, vision and the strategic objectives
• Select and choose appropriate corporate, competitive and
functional strategies in an integrated manner
• Implement and monitor selected strategies
(b) apply the above analytical tools to case studies
141
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
•
•
Strategy and strategic management
Analysis of macro, competitive and internal business
environments
• Developing mission, vision and a strategic objectives
• Strategic leadership, organizational culture and values
• Formulating and integrating corporate competitive and
functional strategies
• Competitive advantage and strategic choice
Systems to implement strategy
QSC131/132 AND ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234
OR MAN235 OR MAN206
MAN 314; MAN234
None
Hours
Time-Table Requirements per
week
40
40
Lectures p.w.
15
0
Tutorials p.w
55
150
Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written
business communication; Semester Test (60%);
Final Assessment (40%)
CAF
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT
SERVICES MARKETING
SERVICES MARKETING
MAN303 (111303)
7
15
Semester
Second semester
BCom; BCom (Law), BCom (BAdmin, Relevant non-EMS degrees
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
• Describe and apply the fundamental principles of services
marketing
• Analyse and interpret customer expectations and perceptions
• Design customer service recovery strategies
• Consumer behavior in services
• Customer expectations and perceptions
• Service delivery
• Managing demand and supply in services
QSC131/132; ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233;
MAN234/MAN235/MAN206
None
None
142
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Hours
40
34
6
3
70
150
Tests, Assignments (60%)
Time-Table Requirements per
week
Lectures p.w. 2
Tutorials p.w 1
Final Assessment (40%)
CFA
The following module is not offered in 2015
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT
Home Department
RETAIL MANAGEMENT
Module Topic
RETAIL MANAGEMENT
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
MAN306
15
Credit Value
Semester
Duration
BCom , BCom (Law), BAdmin, Relevant non-EMS degrees
Programmes in which the
module is offered
7
Level
At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated an
Main Outcomes
understanding of:
• The significance and characteristics of retailing.
• The role that retailing plays within the economy.
• The effect environmental factors have on retailing
• The delivery of adequate customer service
• Planning basic retailing mix strategies
Main Content
• Nature of Retailing
• Retail Institutions
• Retail Environment
• Buying Behaviour of Consumers
• Legal and Ethical Aspects of retailing
• Retail organization and Human resources
• Store Facilities Management
• Merchandise Management
• Merchandise Logistics
• Pricing
• Customer Service
QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN
Pre-requisites
231, MAN 233; MAN 234 or MAN 235 or Man201 and Man206 .
MAN303
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
40
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
34
Lectures p.w.
2
Assignments & tasks:
6
Practicals p.w.
0
Tests & examinations:
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
Practicals:
70
Selfstudy
150
Total Learning Time
Case Studies, Tests, Assignments, Tutorials (60%);
Methods of Student
Final Assessment (40%)
Assessment
143
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s
Self study
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT – EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT
EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT
MAN324
7
15
1Semester (Evenings only)
Semester 2 (Evenings only)
BCom (Evenings), BAdmin (Part-time).
At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate
an understanding of :
• Main challenges in managing employment relations (ER) and
employees in South Africa
• The field from the perspectives of different disciplines and the
roles of management, labour and government
• How management can select a coherent philosophy about
employees individually and collectively
• How human resources can be effectively developed and utilized to
enhance effectiveness
(b) practical competencies in negotiations and in conducting simple
research projects
• Conceptual frameworks for ER
• Historical and environmental context
• Trade union, management and state approaches
• Bargaining, negotiations and dispute resolution
• Human resource strategy
• Employee and union participation in decision-making
• Employment Equity
• Compensation and performance management
• Training and skills development
• Flexible utilization of labour
QSC131/132 AND ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234 /
MAN235/MAN206
MAN314
None
40
35
7
0
68
150
Tests, tutorials, research
144
Lectures p.w. 2
Tutorials p.w 1
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT – CAPITA SELECTA
CAPITA SELECTA
MAN332
15
Semester
BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom (Law),
BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin
7
Outcomes will vary depending on the course content
Subject to the availability of visiting academic staff
None
None
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT MAN325
MAN325
7
15
1 Semester
1st Semester
Main Content
40
40
Lectures p.w.
7
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
63
150
Tests, assignments, presentation, tutorial exercises (60%);
Final Assessment (40%)
BCom., BCom.(Law), BAdmin., BCom.(4 year), other programmes
which permit Management as a major.
At the end of the module the student will have demonstrated :
• An understanding of the need for project management and the
role of project managers
• An understanding of:
o the Project Management Processes and how to apply these
processes to effectively manage a project through its life
cycle
o the expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed in Project
Management
• An understanding of the relationship between the inputs, tools
and techniques and expected outcomes of each knowledge area
• How to apply the above in order to plan a project effectively
• The ability to assess the viability of a project proposal
Introduction to Project Management
•
Role and characteristics of project managers
Project Management Processes and Actions
145
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor
Assignments & Tasks
Practicals
Tests & examinations
Selfstudy
Class preparation
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
• Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling Processes
• Closing Activities
Key Knowledge and Competence Areas
• Project Scope, Cost, Time & Quality Management
• Project Communication and Procurement Management
• Project Stakeholder and Social Compact Management
• Project Risk Management
Project Integration Management
Project planning and evaluation
QSC131/132; ALC131/132; BUS131/132; MAN231; MAN233;
MAN234/ MAN234/MAN206;
None
None
Hours
40
30
0
7
42
28
150
Assignments, tests;
examination (40%)
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
Tutorials p.w
tutorial
exercises;
project
(60%)
and
The following module will not be offered in 2015
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE
Home Department
BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES
Module Topic
BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
MAN333
15
Credit Value
Semester
Duration
BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom(Extended),
Programmes in which the
BAdmin, BA (Tourism) BA (SRM), BSc(CHS), B.Ed(EMS)
module is offered.
7
Level
At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated
Main Outcomes
• Knowledge of the establishment, trading and labour laws and
regulations that affect the small business owner
• Understanding of the implications of each law for operating a
small business.
Key legislation relating to SMEs:
Main Content
• Contract law
• Statutory requirements that impact on the operations of SMEs
• Tax and trading legislation
• Labour laws – Basic Conditions of Employment, Labour
Relations, Employment Equity and Skills Development.
MAN 111 and MAN 121/ MAN131/MAN 132, ALC131/ALC132 or
Pre-requisites
equivalent; MAN201 and MAN206 OR MAN231, MAN233 and
MAN234/MAN 235.
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
MAN339
MAN205
146
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
40
40
Lectures p.w.
7
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
63
150
Assignments, Tutorials, Test and Project (60%)
Final Assessment (40%)
2
0
1
The following module will not be offered in 2015
Home Department
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE
SME BUSINESS PLANNING
Module Topic
Generic module name
SME BUSINESS PLANNING
Alpha-numeric code
MAN339
Credit Value
15
Duration
Semester - full time only (until 2013)
Programmes in which the
BCom.(Extended), BAdmin, BA (Tourism), BA (SRM),
module is offered.
BSc(CHD), Bed (EMS)
Level
7
Main Outcomes
At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated:
•
An understanding of the challenges of establishing, operating
and growing a small enterprise in a competitive market
•
The ability to choose a viable business form for a new venture
•
The ability to prepare a comprehensive business plan to start
and manage their own viable small enterprise
•
The ability to utilize analytical and productivity tools to
improve SME performance
•
An understanding of the role of forming networks, alliances
and partnerships to create business opportunities
Main Content
This module provides an intensive coverage of the various aspects of
engaging in a new business venture, including:
•
Starting or acquiring a small business or franchise;
•
conducting practical SWOT analysis and identifying Critical
Success Factors in the sector
•
Planning and operating various kinds of small businesses
•
The business plan as a tool to secure financing, operate and
grow the business
•
Business analysis and productivity improvement
•
Creating and managing networks, alliances and partnerships
with other businesses
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132 or
equivalent; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206 and
MAN201
MAN333
Prohibited Combinations
None
147
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
40
40
Lectures p.w.
2
5
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
65
150
Draft plan, Presentations, Executive Summaries, Individual Project,
Tests (60%)
Summative Assessment: Business Plan (40%)
FINANCE DIVISION
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self study
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE
FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
MAN305
7
15
Semester
First semester
BCom (General); BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin
At the end of the module, the student should be able to demonstrate:
• an understanding of and the application of various types of
mathematical decision-making and forecasting models to
financial and operations problems.
• Decision and transportation analysis
• Regression analysis and forecasting
• Inventory control models and linear programming
• Network models
• Project Management
• Computer simulation models
QSC131/132; ALC131/132; BUS131/132; MAN233; MAN234;
MAN235
None
None
40
30
7
0
70
0
150
Tests, Assignments (60%)
CAF
148
Lectures p.w.
Tutorials p.w
Final Assessment (40%)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
MAN307
15
Semester
BCom, B.Com (Finance), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BCom
(After Hours)
7
At the end of the module, students will demonstrate the ability to
• Explain the Investment Environment
• Utilize investment management analytical tools
• Perform company and share valuations
• Selecting investments in a global market
• Organization and functioning markets
• Security Market Indicator Series
• Market Efficiency
• Portfolio Management and Asset-pricing Models
• Investor constraints and objectives
QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 234
(55%) and MAN 235 (55%) or MAN 312
MAN308
None
Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
40
30
Lectures p.w.
2
7
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
73
150
Tests, Tutorials, project (60%);
Final Assessment (40%)
149
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module Type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE
FINANCE – INVESTMENT ANALYSIS
INVESTMENT ANALYSIS
MAN308
15
Semester 2
BCom.(Gen), B.Com (Finance), and other B.Com named degrees
7
At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated the
ability to:
•
Value investment securities
•
Hedge investments using derivative securities
•
Introduction to Security Valuation
•
Introduction to Fixed Income Security Analysis
•
Convertible Securities
•
Hedging financial risk
•
Introduction to the valuation of derivative instruments
•
Technical Analysis
•
Real estate and other tangible investments
MAN605/MAN307
NONE
MAN680; MAN780
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
week
35
50
Lectures p.w.
2
5
Practicals p.w
0
0
Tutorial p.w
1
60
150
Semester tests: 2 x 15% = 30%
Group Assignment: 2 x 10% = 20%
Final Examination: 1 x 50% = 50%
CFA
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE
FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - SHORT TERM INSURANCE
SHORT TERM INSURANCE
IST309 (111050)
6
15
Semester
BCom., BCom. (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin.
At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an
understanding of:
• Legal and tax issues of Insurance contracts
• Personal and Commercial Insurance
150
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
• The FAIS Act and its implications
• Legal and Taxation Principles
• Relationship of Insurance Products and their risks
• b) an ability to identify an analysis insurance risk
• Risk Management
• The Law of Contract
• Basic insurance Principles
• The insurance Market in South Africa
• Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy
• The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act (FAIS)
• Legal and Taxation Principles
• Legal Framework – Insurance Environment
QSC131/132; ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233;
MAN234/MAN235/MAN206
IST310
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
week
Lectures p.w
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
40
30
10
0
70
150
Case Studies; Tutorials; Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester
Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%)
CAF
Economics and Management Science
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE
FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - LONG TERM INSURANCE
LONG TERM INSURANCE AND RETIREMENT FUNDS
IST310 (111051)
7
15
Semester
BCom (Gen) BCom (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin
At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate
(a) an understanding of:
• Risk and Insurance
• Legal Framework of Retirement Funds
• Different types of Retirement Funds and associated risks
• Defined Benefit and contribution Funds
• The FAIS Act and its implications
• Legal and Taxation Principles
• Life Insurance – Product Analyses
(b) an ability to perform basic insurance risk analysis
• Retirement Funds
• Risk an Insurance
• Different types of Retirement Funds
151
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
• Group Benefits
• Life Insurance
QSC131/132; ALC131/132 MAN231; MAN233;
MAN234/MAN235/MAN206
IST 309
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
week
30
Lectures p.w
10
Practical’s p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
70
150
Case Studies; Tutorial exercises; Assignments; Oral Presentation;
Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%)
CAF
The following module will not be offered in 2015:
School of Business and Finance – Finance Division
Home Department
Finance Research and Communication
Module Topic
Finance Research and Communication
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
FRC311
15
Credit Value
Semester
Duration
Semester 1 (not offered in 2013)
Proposed semester to be
offered
B.Com.(Finance)
Programmes in which the
module is offered
7
Level
3
Year Level
The module aims to develop communication and research skills in
Main Outcomes
an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to:
1. Explain the finance research process
2. Formulate research questions and identify research
objectives.
3. Design a simple finance research project
4. Conduct a literature review on a finance topic.
5. Produce a basic seminar paper
6. Conduct professional oral and written communications
relating to the research project using appropriate technology
Main Content
1. Basic Research processes in finance.
2. Research topics in investment and corporate finance.
3. Prepare a finance research proposal
4. Basic computational research techniques.
5. Research analysis and presentation.
6. Professional oral and written communications, including
letters, proposals, presentations and report writing
MAN235 and MAN234
Pre-requisite modules
MAN305
Co-requisite modules
MAN314
Prohibited module
Combination
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
Breakdown of Learning Time
40
Lectures p.w.
2
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
152
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Self study
Seminar Paper
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
40
Practicals p.w.
7
Tutorials p.w.
1
20
43
150
Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%)
and Exam (40%)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the module
is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE
FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
MAN312
15
Semester 2
BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom. (Law),
BCom. (Evenings), BAdmin.
7
At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the
ability to:
• Use finance related analytical techniques
• Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise
• Determine project and enterprise risk
• Analyse Fixed Income securities and shares and shares
• Evaluate project feasibility
• Time value of money.
• Determination of cost of capital, return on equity.
• Determination of bond and share prices.
• Risk and return
• Dividend policy
• Growth theory
• Evaluation of leasing
MAN 234, MAN 235; QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126;
ALC131/ALC132; MAN 305 (40%)
MAN 305
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
40
30
Lectures p.w. 2
10
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w. 1
70
150
Tests, project, assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%)
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
153
Economics Module Descriptors
First Year
-
-
NB:
BCom , BCom (Law) and BCom (Acc) students registering for the first time in 2009 will
register for ECO 134 in the 2nd semester
Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS, Education or Law Faculties are
required to complete Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB) in the 1st semester
before completing ECO 134 in the 2nd semester
The module descriptor for Introduction to the Economy and Business is listed under the
School of Business and Finance and the Academic Development Department.
1. ECO 331 : Compulsory module
2. ECO 332 : Compulsory module
3. ECO 311: Required if student intends doing Honours in Economics
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
ECO 121: Microeconomics I
Economics
ECO121
15
S
University Module
5
ECO 121 - Upon completion of this course learners should be in a
position to:
•
Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic
analysis.
•
Understand the foundational concepts of micro-economic
principles and its application.
•
Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear equations.
•
Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual
households and firms and the coordination of these individual
decisions through markets.
•
Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear
quadratic equations.
None
None
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
48 hours
Assignments & tasks:
10 hours
Tests & examinations:
15 hours
Self-study:
27 hours
Practicals:
Total learning time:
100 hours
Final Exam = 50%
Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical
Workshops)
ECO 122 Macroeconomics
Economics
ECO122
15
S
University Module
5
154
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
ECO 122 - Upon completion of this course learners should be in a
position to:
•
Understand the foundational concepts of macro-economic
principles and its application
•
Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data
•
Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic
analysis
•
The economic problem and the circular flow
•
The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign
•
Determination of national income and employment; Money,
prices and the banking system;
•
Inflation and economic growth / development;
•
The simple Keynesian model
•
Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment
None
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
48 hours
Assignments & tasks:
10 hours
Tests & examinations:
15 hours
Self-study:
27 hours
Practicals:
Other (specify):
Total learning time:
100 hours
Final Exam = 50%
Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical
Workshops)
EMS
School of Government
Introduction to Local Economic Development
Introduction to Local Economic Development
LED111
15
Semester
Second semester
BEcon
7
1
The learner should be able to:
• Define Local Economic Development
• Explain the different local economic development activities
and
strategies.
Describe the basic approaches, techniques and practices of local
economic development.
An overview of the following topics will be introduced to guide
the learner towards the more in-depth studies during the degree:
• Introduction to Economic development, economic
development players, local economic development
• Profiling a local economy
• LED strategic planning
• LED Marketing and attraction
155
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Test and Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programme in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Other: Worksheets
• Business retention and expansion
• Entrepreneurial and small business development
• Managing economic development organisations
None
None
Hours
48
62
1
6
33
150 hours
CPA
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks
ECONOMICS
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
ECO133(Full-time and Part-time)
ECO134 (Full-time only)
15
Semester (ECO133: 1st semester and ECO134: 2nd semester)
B.Com, B.Com (Law), B.Com (Human Resource Management),
B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology),
B.Com (Management), B.Com (Acc), B.Com (Acc Extended),
B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin
5
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Define the foundational concepts of economic principles and
their application.
• The economic problem
• Mathematical tools – graphs and statistics
• Elementary theory of demand and supply
• Elasticity of demand and supply
• Markets in action
• Circular flow of economic activity
• Measuring GDP, economic growth and inflation
• Measuring employment and unemployment
• Money, inflation and the business cycle
None
QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131
IEB (Non- EMS students – subject to availability)
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week
56
0
10
74
10
Lectures p/w
Practicals p/w
Tutorials p/w
156
3
0
1
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
150
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Tests; Tutorials)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Main Outcomes
ECONOMICS
MACROECONOMICS
MACROECONOMICS 142
ECO142
10
Semester (2nd semester)
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial
Accounting)
5
Upon completion of this module students should be able to:
• Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational
concepts of macro-economic principles.
• Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data.
• Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis
relevant to Macroeconomics.
• The economic problem and the circular flow.
• The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign.
• Determination of national income and employment; Money, prices
and the banking system.
• Inflation and economic growth / development.
• The simple Keynesian model.
• Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment.
• Monetary and fiscal policy
None
QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131
IEB (Non- EMS students – subject to availability)
ECO133/134
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Total learning time:
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
48
10
Lectures p/w
3
15
Practicals p/w
0
27
Tutorials p/w
1
0
100
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials)
Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA).
157
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
ECONOMICS
MICROECONOMICS
MICROECONOMICS 141
ECO141
5
10
Semester (2nd semester)
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial
Accounting)
Upon completion of this module students should be able to:
• Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis
relevant to Economics.
• Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts
of micro-economic principles.
• Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear equations.
• Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual households
and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions
through markets.
• Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear
quadratic equations.
QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131
IEB (Non- EMS students – subject to availability)
None
ECO133/134
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p/w
3
10
Practicals p/w
0
0
Tutorials p/w
1
15
27
100
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials)
Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA).
158
Second Year Level
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
ECONOMICS
MICROECONOMICS
MICROECONOMICS 231
ECO231
10
Semester (1st semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance),
B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Management),
B.Com (Information Technology),
B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin
6
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Explain the intermediate concepts of micro-economic principles and
their application.
• Analyse and interpret graphs.
• Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis.
• Consumer behaviour
• Production theory
• Costing production
• Profit maximization
• Dropping assumption of perfect competition
• Sales maximization
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 (B.ECON 4yr)
OR
ECO141
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week
42
20
7
31
Lectures p/w
Practicals p/w
Tutorials p/w
2
0
1
100
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)
Final Exam = 50%
ECONOMICS
MACROECONOMICS
MACROECONOMICS
ECO232
10
Semester (2nd semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance),
B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Management),
B.Com (Information Technology),
B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin
6
159
Main Outcomes
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Apply macro-economic theory
• Use graphs and equations to explain macro-economic concepts
• Apply macro-economic theory to South African economic issues.
Main Content
• National Income
• Components of GDP
• Goods and Financial Markets
• IS-LM model and AD-AS model
• Unemployment and Inflation
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO142
None
None
Hours
Time Table Requirements per week
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer /
tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
42
Lectures p/w
2
20
Practicals
0
7
Tutorials p/w
1
31
100
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)
ECONOMICS
LABOUR ECONOMICS
LABOUR ECONOMICS 233
ECO233
10
Semester (2nd semester)
University Module
B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Human
Resource Management), B.Com (Management),
B.Admin
6
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Define and apply the basic concepts of labour economics (e.g.
economically active population, labour force participation rate).
• Apply the microeconomic tools to analyse labour market
outcomes (levels of wages and employment).
• Define important issues such as labour productivity and unit
labour costs.
• Discuss the impact of unions on wages, productivity and unit
labour costs.
• Analyse and interpret the unemployment situation in South
Africa.
• Labour demand and supply in competitive and non- competitive
markets
• Wages and productivity in South Africa
• The economics of wages and collective bargaining
• Unemployment in South Africa
• Human Capital and the demand for skilled labour
• Labour market inequalities and discrimination.
160
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week
42
20
7
31
Lectures p/w
Practicals p/w
Tutorials p/w
2
0
1
100
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50%
(Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)
ECONOMICS
PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS
PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS 234
ECO234
10
Semester (2nd semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com
(Law), B.Com (Management), B.Admin,
B.Com (Extended 4yr)
6
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
•
Identify and discuss the composition of the public sector in
South Africa
•
Critically evaluate the different views on the role of government
in an economy
•
Identify the challenges facing the South African government
•
Explain the basic principles of expenditure- and tax theory and
be able to apply these
•
Explain the basics of fiscal policy (including the budgetary
process) in South Africa.
•
Composition of public sector in South Africa
•
Views on role of government
•
Market failures (public goods; mixed and merit goods;
externalities; imperfect competition; macro-economic
instability; etc.)
•
Growth and changing composition of public expenditure in
South Africa
•
Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency
•
Taxation in South Africa
•
Fiscal policy and the national budget
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141
None
None
161
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer /tutor:
Assignments and tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Hours
Time Table Requirements per week
42
Lectures p/week
2
20
Practicals p/week
0
7
Tutorials
1
31
100
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)
ECONOMICS
INTERMEDIATE MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS
INTERMEDIATE MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 235
ECO235
10
Semester (2nd semester)
University Module
B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance)
6
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
•
Apply Mathematical skills to solve intermediate economic
problems (solving consumption equilibrium, production
equilibrium, IS-LM equilibrium, AD-AS equilibrium, etc.)
•
Discuss introductory Statistical and Econometric theories, and
apply the skills to derive relationships between economic
variables (relationship between consumption and income,
unemployment and inflation, etc.)
•
Apply Excel skills to solve statistical and econometric
problems, as well as to plot different types of graphs (line
chart, column chart, XY scatter plot, etc.)
•
Advanced differentiation techniques to solve economic
problems, e.g., product rule, quotient rule, chained rule, and
partial differentiation
•
Application of mathematical skills to solve intermediate linear
and non-linear economic problems, such as consumption
equilibrium (budget line vs. indifference curves), production
equilibrium (isocost lines vs. isoquants), IS-LM curves and
AD-AS curves
•
Introductory statistics for data analysis: Types of data,
summary statistics of data (mean, variance, etc.), confidence
intervals using normal distribution and t-distribution
•
Introductory econometrics: Methodology, Ordinary Least
Squares (OLS) theory, bivariate regressions vs. multivariate
regressions, interval estimation and hypothesis testing
•
Introductory Excel skills for statistical and econometric
analyses, as well as plotting different types of graphs (line
chart, column chart, pie chart, XY scatter plots, etc.)
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141 and ECO142
None
None
Hours
Time Table Requirements per week
42
Lectures p/week
2
162
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
20
Practicals p/week
0
7
Tutorials p/week
1
0
31
100
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests;
Tutorials)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
ECONOMICS
ECONOMETRICS
ECONOMETRICS 242
ECO242
6
10
Semester (1st semester)
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance)
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
•
Explain and do an elementary analysis of the foundational
concepts and principles of econometrics
•
Capture and process economic data for econometric analysis
•
Apply econometric skills to analyse and interpret elementary
economic data
•
Econometric theory and methodology
•
Correlation coefficient; bivariate regressions
•
Ordinary least squares and hypothesis testing
•
Using Excel to generate descriptive statistics and OLS regressions
•
Using E-Views for plotting graphs, doing econometric
calculations, and running bivariate and multivariate regressions
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141 and ECO142
None
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p/w
2
10
Practicals p/w
0
0
Tutorials p/w
1
15
27
100
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests,
Tutorials)
Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA).
163
Third Year Level
The Department offers FOUR third level modules on a concurrent basis. The order of modules may
change from year to year. Each module may be presented in either semester. A student doing Economics
as a major subject should register for at least four third level modules including ECO331 and ECO332.
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
ECONOMICS
MICROECONOMICS
MICROECONOMICS
ECO331
15
Semester (1st semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com
(Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com
(Extended 4yr), B.Admin
7
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Discuss and apply general equilibrium and welfare analysis
• Critically analyse the behaviour of the firm under different
market structures
• Analyse the firm’s behaviour using game theory
• Explain and formulate the conditions for economic efficiency
• General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis
• Market Structure and Competitive Strategy
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week
42
Lectures p/w
3
40
7
Practicals p/w
61
Tutorials p/w
0
7
150
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests)
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
ECONOMICS
MACROECONOMICS
MACROECONOMICS
ECO332
15
Semester (2nd semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance),
B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information
Technology), B.Admin, B.Com (Extended 4yr)
Level
7
164
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Critically analyse monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the
contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian
schools
• Model the theory of prices, output, inflation and
unemployment
• Critically evaluate the abovementioned theories of
Macroeconomic Policy as applied in South Africa
• Fiscal and monetary policy
• The Phillips curve
• The IS-LM model
• The AD-AS model
• The Mundell-Fleming model.
• Government intervention in the macro-economy
• Macroeconomic policy in South Africa
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO232
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week
42
40
Lectures p/w
3
7
Practicals p/w
0
61
Tutorials p/w
0
0
150
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests)
ECONOMICS
INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS
INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS
ECO335
15
Semester (2nd semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law),
B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin
7
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Critically evaluate the foundational concepts of international
economics
• Critically apply tools of economic analysis to analyse
international trade
• Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis
of trade theory
• Theories of why nations trade
• Developments in trade theory
• Instruments and impact of trade policy
• Economic integration and cooperation
• International trade and the Developing countries
• Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International Trade
165
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO 141 and ECO 142 AND ECO231 and ECO232
None
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
Time-table requirements per week
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
42
Assignments & tasks:
40
Lectures p/w
3
Tests & examinations:
7
Practicals p/w
0
Self-study:
61
Tutorials p/w
0
Practicals:
0
Total learning time:
150
Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests)
Pre-requisites
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
ECONOMICS
DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS
DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS
ECO336
15
Semester (2nd semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law),
B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin
7
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Model the foundational concepts of development economics
• Critically analyse the levels and patterns of development of
developing countries
• Critically analyse and interpret statistical data
• Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic
analysis of development issues
• Determination of poverty and inequality
• Growth and development experiences of developing
countries
• Agrarian change and industrialization strategies
• Capital Flows, debt and finance
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO232
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week
42
40
Lectures p/w
3
7
Practicals p/w
0
61
Tutorials p/w
0
0
150
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay;
Tests)
166
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Other: Computer Lab sessions
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
ECONOMICS
ECONOMETRICS
ECONOMETRICS
ECO311
15
Semester (1st semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law),
B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin
7
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Define and apply the basic elements of probability and
statistics
• Apply the tools of econometrics to analyse the relationship
amongst different variables
• Apply the econometric models within statistical programs and
interpret the results
• Nature and scope of Econometrics
• Basics of probability and statistics
• The linear regression model: Ordinary Least Squares (OLS),
bivariate regressions, multivariate regressions, confidence
intervals and hypothesis testing
• Different functional forms of regression models
• Regressions on dummy explanatory variables
• Introduction to E-Views
• Regression analysis in practice: Multicollinearity,
autocorrelation
and heteroscedasticity
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO231, ECO232 and ECO242
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week
28
40
Lectures p/w
2
7
Practicals p/w
1
61
Tutorials p/w
0
0
14
150
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests)
ECONOMICS
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
ECO301
15
Semester (1st semester)
University Module
B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Law), B.Admin
7
167
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Critically analyse the link between environment, natural
resources and economic theory
• Apply economic principles to solving environmental
problems and discuss the limitations of standard
microeconomic analyses to treating environmental problems
• Critically evaluate aspects of the free market, market
failures and externalities
• Interpret and model the valuation of non-market
environmental/public goods and services
• Modelling Environmental Problems
• Modelling the Market Process
• Modelling Market Failures
• Modelling Solutions to Environmental Problems
• Empirical and Practical Applications
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4 yr)
OR
ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231 and ECO234
None
None
Hours
Time Table Requirements per week
42
Lectures per week
3
40
Practicals per week
0
7
Tutorials
0
61
150
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests;
Presentations and Research Project)
ECONOMICS
PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS
PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS
ECO334
15
Semester (1st semester)
University Module
B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law),
B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin
7
Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:
• Critically evaluate the main theories of how public choices are
made.
• Discuss models which explain the growth of government
expenditure.
• Critically analyse the economic effects of different types of
taxes.
• Model fiscal and social policy.
• Analyse the key principles of fiscal federalism.
• Public Choice Theory
• Public expenditure
• Taxation
• Fiscal federalism
168
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student Assessment
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134
OR
ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)
OR
ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO231, ECO232 and ECO234
None
None
Hours
Time Table Requirements per week
42
Lectures per week
3
40
Practicals per week
0
7
Tutorials
0
61
150
Final Exam = 50%
Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Essay; Tests)
EMS
School of Government
Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling -Quantitative
Analysis
Local Economic Development
10
Semester
Second semester
BECON
7
2
After completing this module, learners should be able to:
•
Discuss appropriate features of economic profiling.
•
Apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or regional
level.
•
Describe and apply different research methodologies for
development information
•
Explain fundamental development concepts
•
Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of
compiling of a development profile of a local area – focusing
on a detailed economic analysis of the area
Main Content
The following main topics are covered in the module:
•
Definitions of Development
•
Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an
economic development tool
•
Basic Research methodologies to apply statistics
•
Basic excel skills for development profiling
•
Practically compiling a local development profile for a local
area
Pre-requisite modules
Introduction to Local Economic Development
Co-requisite modules
None
Prohibited module
Combination
169
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Test and Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
31
Lectures p.w.
30
Practicals p.w.
1
Tutorials p.w.
6
32 hours
100 hours
Continuous Assessment
Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
EMS
School of Government
Investment Promotion
Investment Promotion
PUB424
15
Semester
2013
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
BEcon
8
4
At the end of this module a student should be able to:
• Discuss practical skills required to be an efficient practitioner
in developing policy and strategies that are useful in attracting
appropriate investors into a municipality, district, metro or
region.
• Analyze with practical skills to be used to analyze and
interpret specific investor needs and behavior.
• Design tools that will enrich and support investor decision
makers in appropriate investor related decisions.
The following main topics are covered in the module:
• Investor Behavior and Psychology
• Processes of Foreign Direct Investment
• Regional Investment Promotion
• Economic Development and Foreign Investment
• Technology and Investment
• Investment Policy and Strategy
None
None
None
Hours
48
62
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
40
150
CPA

Assignment writing

Test

Group tasks
170
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Exams and Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
EMS
School of Government
Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms
Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism
LED211
15
Semester
First semester
BEcon
7
3
After completing this module, participants should be able to:
• Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms,
frameworks and tools available for economic development.
• Conduct an analysis of the national environment for
various
configurations of the above enabling mechanisms
• Design and use a sector competency template to
investigate
the implications of each enabling
framework for the three
sectors – public, private and
civil
• Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with
each of the enabling frameworks.
• Identify economic development tools to develop business
cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation
incubators and technology hubs.
• Design and complete various sector competency templates
• Interpret data from sector competency templates
• Engage with business, business chambers and industrial
support mechanisms
The following main topics are covered in the module:
• Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development
potential of a municipality, district or metro.
• Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones as
economic development tools.
• Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and
their
applicability.
• Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic
development tools
• Competency templates
Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling
None
Hours
48
56
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
6 hours
40 hours
150 hours
CPA
Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks
171
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Exams and Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
EMS
School of Government
Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms
Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism
LED311
15
Semester
First semester
BEcon
7
3
After completing this module, participants should be able to:
•
Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms,
frameworks and tools available for economic
development.
•
Conduct an analysis of the national environment for
various configurations of the above enabling mechanisms
•
Design and use a sector competency template to
investigate the implications of each enabling framework
for the three sectors – public, private and civil
•
Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with
each of the enabling frameworks.
•
Identify economic development tools to develop business
cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation
incubators and technology hubs.
•
Design and complete various sector competency templates
•
Interpret data from sector competency templates
•
Engage with business, business chambers and industrial
support mechanisms
The following main topics are covered in the module:
•
Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development
potential of a municipality, district or metro.
•
Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones as
economic development tools.
•
Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and
their applicability.
•
Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic
development tools
•
Competency templates
Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling
None
Hours
48
56
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
6 hours
40 hours
150 hours
CPA
Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks
172
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
EMS
School of Government
Managing Economic Development Organisations
Managing Economic Development Organisations
PUB
15
Semester
2013
BEcon
8
4
At the end of this module a student should be able to:
•
Define development based on the latest development
concepts and practically apply the concepts on a municipal,
district, metro or regional level.
•
Explain and apply different research methodologies for
development information
•
Explain fundamental development concepts
Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of
•
compiling of a development profile of a local area – focusing
on a detailed economic analysis of the area
The following main topics are covered in the module:
•
Definitions of development
•
Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an
economic development tool
•
Research methodologies to apply statistics
•
Basic excel skills for development profiling
•
Practically compiling a local development profile for a local
area
None
None
None
Hours
48
62
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
40
150
CPA

Assignment writing

Test

Group tasks
EMS
School of Government
Public –Private Partnership
Public –Private Partnership
PUB421
15
Semester
2013
173
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
BEcon
8
4
At the end of this module a student should be able to:
•
Demonstrate an understanding of public procurement in the
context of municipal fiscal and good governance.
•
Describe the legal framework for public procurement in
Local Government.
•
Explain the role of PPP in leveraging private financing.
•
Articulate the different phases of the PPP Project Cycle.
•
Assess the process and the outcome of PPP
•
Good governance
•
Procurement in municipalities
•
Legal framework for public procurement in municipalities
•
Public-private partnership
•
Public-private partnership project cycles
None
None
None
Hours
48
62
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
40
150
CPA

Assignment writing

Test

Group tasks
Fare Share Module Descriptors
Home Department
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
FSH121
142000
10
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
•
Display a deeper understanding of communication as a vital
life skill;
•
Use communication tools for various purpose in the
workplace, especially for problem solving and critical
thinking;
•
Engage in consensual communication in the workplace,
(negotiation skills);
174
•
•
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Identify and practice different forms of writing for
organizational efficiency and needs, based on cross
curricular learning outcomes;
Plan and design reports, Plan and design reports, project
proposals, speeches and various forms of essay writing.
Writing skills development
Various aspects of speech communication
Report and proposals writing
Preparation of public speeches.
•
•
•
•
None
None
None
Hours
48
10
15
27
100
Practical assignments
Workplace assessment
Assignment writing
Group tasks
Assessment of speech/ oral communication ability
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1
DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1
FSH122
142001
10
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
•
Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators;
•
Read and understand graphs and key measurement indicators
used to assess economic growth and development;
•
Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and
process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial
and national level;
•
Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and
weaknesses of various developmental paths.
•
The terms economic growth and how to measure it
•
Human development and the indicators thereof
•
A basic understanding of trends in SA’s economic growth in
general
•
A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour,
productivity and capital productivity.
•
A basic understanding of the National Budget and the ways
in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a
revenue and from an expenditure perspective
None
None
175
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
None
Hours
48
10
15
0
27
100
Practical assignments
Group tasks
Class Tests
Home Department
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11
DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11
FSH118
142002
10
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
•
Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators;
•
Read and understand graphs and key measurement indicators
used to assess economic growth and development;
•
Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and
process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial
and national level;
•
Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and
weaknesses of various developmental paths.
•
The terms economic growth and how to measure it
•
Human development and the indicators thereof
•
A basic understanding of trends in SA’s economic growth in
general
•
A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour,
productivity and capital productivity.
•
A basic understanding of the National Budget and the ways
in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a
revenue and from an expenditure perspective
None
None
None
Hours
48
10
15
0
27
100
Writing Assignment
Group tasks
Class Tests
Practical assignments
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
176
Home Department
Module Description
Generic Module Name
Alpha –numeric Code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main outcomes
Main content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with Lecturer/tutor:
Assignments and tasks:
Tests and Examinations:
Selfstudy
Total learning time
Methods of student assessment
Home Department
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
LOCAL GOVERNANCE
LOCAL GOVERNANCE
FSH127
142127
10
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
•
Understand, analyse and critique the relationship between
municipalities, provision of services and the responsibility of
citizens;
•
Have a basic understanding of the nature of Local
Government;
•
Understand the various elements of community participation.
•
The legal and democratic nature of Local Government
•
The role of municipalities in community development
•
Knowledge and application of legislative requirements for
community participation
•
Various techniques of community participation
•
The relationship between municipalities, provision of
services and the responsibility of citizens
None
None
None
Hours
48
15
10
27
100
Practical assignments
Assignment writing
Group tasks
Written tests
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
FSH123
142004
10
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
•
Have increased knowledge and understanding about
organizational development processes and procedures;
•
Identify elements needed to develop sustainable and strong
community organizations and reflect on relations of power,
ethics and accountability.
177
Main Content
•
•
•
A definition of Organisational Development and change
theories
How to do an organizational diagnosis
The planning, design and implementation of OD
interventions
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self study
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
None
None
None
Hours
48
10
15
27
100
•
Practical assignments
•
Workplace assessment
•
Assignment writing
•
Group tasks
Home Department
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
RESEARCH PROJECT
RESEARCH PROJECT
FSH124
142005
10
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
•
Formulate and understand a basic research problem/
hypothesis;
•
Have a basic understanding of the processes of conducting
research;
•
Design a research study;
•
Conduct a basic research study to apply the findings to
improve the identified problem;
•
Write a research report which describes the different steps in
the research process.
•
An introduction to Research
•
Different approaches/ methodologies
•
Different techniques in data gathering
•
The various processes of designing and conducting a
research project
•
How to write a research project
None
None
None
Hours
48
10
15
27
100
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self study
Total Learning Time
178
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Production of a research report, based on a research study
conducted by the student.
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
WORKPLACE LEARNING
WORKPLACE LEARNING
FSH125
142006
40
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
• Through their work, display that they have acquired the
knowledge and skills of the areas that they have identified and
share it with a learning partner;
• Apply the acquired knowledge and skills towards the growth
and development of their organizations and communities;
• Identify and engage in integrated cross-curricular learning
activities.
• The content of the curriculum forms the basis of the
workplace learning module.
None
None
None
Hours
80
80
0
120
60
60
400
Practical assignments
Workplace assessment
Assignment writing
Group tasks
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS
TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS
FSH120
142007
10
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
•
Understand the latest developments around education,
Training and Development in South Africa;
179
•
•
•
•
•
Main Content
•
•
•
•
Understand, critically analyse and implement Adult Learning
Theories;
Make choices i.t.o. content and methodology of community
interventions;
Conduct learning needs assessment;
Define learning outcomes;
Plan, design, present and evaluate interventions like
workshops, seminars and campaigns;
Critically reflect on and evaluate their practices.
The latest developments around Education, Training and
Development in South Africa.
Adult Learning Theories.
Steps in the Education, Training and Development (ETD)
process
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
None
None
None
Hours
48
10
15
27
100
•
Practical assignment.
•
Group tasks.
Home Department
FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF
ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT
GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT
FSH126
142008
10
Semester
Programme
5
To enable the learner to
•
Understand the meaning of gender and the distinction
between sex and gender;
•
Be aware of themselves as gendered beings;
•
Understand the meaning of gender stereotyping;
•
Understand socialization and how this impacts on gender
issues;
•
Understand women’s practical and economical needs and
strategic interests;
•
Have a basic knowledge of gender polices.
•
Understand the link between Gender and HIV/AIDS
•
Gender Policies
•
Gender Concepts
•
Women and the economy
None
None
None
Module description
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
180
•
•
Assignment writing.
Workshop presentations.
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Hours
48
10
15
0
27
100
•
Assignment writing.
•
Group tasks.
•
Oral assessment.
Industrial Psychology
General requirements: Students, who want recognition of Industrial Psychology as a major, must pass all
modules. Students who wish to register for Honours must complete all Industrial Psychology modules.
First Year Level: Consists of one semester module
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE
IPS131 (For non-EMS students only)
IPS132 (For EMS students only)
15
S (1st semester – IPS131) (2nd semester – IPS132)
University
5
•
IPS131/132 introduces students to basic constructs in the
field of Psychology and Industrial Psychology. Specifically,
students should be able to:
•
Explain basic psychology concepts and constructs
•
Describe Industrial Psychology within the field of
Psychology
•
List and briefly describe the different personality theories
•
Explain individual differences at work
•
Briefly explain theories pertaining to Industrial Psychology
•
Explain the background to and nature of Industrial and
Oganizational Psychology
•
Describe the basic principles of managing people and their
behaviour in organizations.
•
Schools of thought in Psychology and Industrial Psychology
•
Individual behavioural processes
•
Social behaviour and processes
•
Personality in the work context
•
Employee and organizational well-being
•
Psychological methodologies
None
None
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p/week
30
Practicals p/w
8
56
150
Tests and assignments (continuous evaluation) 60%;
Final Examination 40%
181
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the module
is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the module
is offered.
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
CAREER PSYCHOLOGY
CAREER PSYCHOLOGY
IPS231
10
Semester (2nd semester)
Bcom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA
6
IPS 231 serves as an introduction to the field of career
psychology. At the end of the course students should be able to:
•
Explain the concept: Career;
•
Discuss the evolving concept of career development.
•
Identify and discuss relevant career development issues
and its impact on both individuals and organizations;
•
Discuss the dimensions of the Career Cycle;
•
List and discuss the life cycle of an individual and the
impact of each stage on his/her career;
•
Discuss the various stages of career development;
•
Identify and discuss the challenges related to each of the
career development stages;
•
Explain the role of the organization and the individual with
regard to career development
•
Understand the meaning of work
•
Career concepts and a Career Management Model
•
Career Choice
•
Career Anchors
•
Life and Career Stages
•
Organizational Choice
•
Changes in organizations and implications for careers
•
Organizational Support
•
Career Issues
IPS132
None
None
Time-table Requirement per
Hours
week
28
34
Lectures p.w.
1
4
Tutorials p.w.
1
0
Practicals p.w.
34
100
Final Examination 40%
Continuous evaluation 60%
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
PSYCHOMETRICS
PSYCHOMETRICS
IPS232
10
Semester (2nd semester)
BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA
182
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
6
After completion of this course, students should be in position
to:
• Explain the nature, characteristics, uses and abuses of
psychometric tests.
• Describe the legislative and ethical framework pertaining to
psychometric tests based on the roles played by various
users of psychological assessments;
• Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and determine
fairness and bias involved.
• Clarify and define competency-based assessment
• Development, nature, characteristics, application and
abuses of assessment techniques and psychological tests.
• Legislative and ethical framework governing test
administration
• Multimodal methods of assessment
• Competency-based assessment
IPS131/IPS132 AND
BUS131 or BUS132 (BCom); OR
STA141 OR 141 (BAdmin/BA.)
• Students must obtain a 50% pass mark in the above
modules.
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
28
Lectures p.w.
1
34
Tutorials p.w.
1
4
Practicals p.w
34
100
Final Examination 40%
Continuous evaluation 60%
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
IPS233
10
Semester (1st semester)
B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A.
6
IPS 233 serves as an introduction to the general field of
personnel management. At the end of this course students should
be able to:
•
Recall and explain the history of human resources
management
•
Explain the major role(s) and functions of a Human
Resources Department;
•
Recognise and evaluate the importance of environmental
factors impacting on the management of human resources;
•
Apply knowledge of human resources functions in a real
life-simulated scenario;
183
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the module
is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
•
•
•
•
•
•
Foundations of Human Resource Management
Job analysis & job design
Employee recruitment, selection & induction
Internal staffing
Performance appraisal & performance management
Employee training, management, development & career
management
IPS132
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
28
34
Lectures p.w.1
4
Practicals p.w
0
Tutorials p.w 1
34
100
Continuous evaluation 60%
Final Examination 40%
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
LABOUR RELATIONS
LABOUR RELATIONS
IPS234
10
S
B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A.
6
IPS 234 introduces students to the field of labour relations in
theory, but also to the importance of sound labour relations
between employers and employees in practice, in South Africa,
specifically students should be able to:
•
Describe the environmental context of labour relations;
•
Explain the various parties involved in labour relations
and their respective roles;
•
Discuss the importance of promoting sound labour
relations in SA
•
Labour relations theory and perspectives
•
The history of labour relations in SA
•
Environmental influence on labour relations
•
Trade unions; goals, strategies and organizations
•
Management strategy and employer organizations
•
The role of the state, government strategies and the state as
employer
•
South African labour law
•
Collective bargaining law
•
Employee participation
•
Workplace agreements and procedures
•
The negotiation process
•
Conciliation, arbitration and Labour Court adjudication
•
Strikes and lock-outs
IPS132
None
184
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
None
Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
28
34
Lectures p.w.
1
4
Practicals p.w
0
Tutorials p.w
1
34
100
Continuous evaluation 60%
Final Examination 40%
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Numeric Code
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
IPS331
IPS331
15
Semester (2nd semester)
BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
7
At the end of the course students should be able to:
•
Define the concepts of Organizational Behavior
•
Trace the historical development & schools of thought.
•
Identify and discuss the fundamental characteristics of the
field.
•
Critically discuss the theories of motivation and leadership.
•
Discuss the basic principles of group dynamics and team
work.
•
Apply theories of Organizational Behaviour to selected
cases.
•
Explain the impact of technology on modern organizations
•
Motivation in organizations
•
Group Dynamics & Team Work
•
Communication in Organizations
•
Decision-Making in Organizations
•
Influence, Power and Politics in Organizations
•
Leadership in Organizations
•
Organizational Structure & Design
•
Technology in Organizations
•
Managing Organizational Change
Any three of the following (3) modules: IPS231, IPS232,
IPS233 and IPS234
None
IPS131/132 PLUS 331
Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
28
47
Lectures p.w.
1
5
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
70
150
Final Examination 40%,
Continuous evaluation 60%,
185
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the module
is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
IPS333
15
Semester
BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA
7
After completion of this course students should be able to:
•
Discuss the logic of scientific research.
•
Handle practical problems encountered during research
•
Plan projects to solve problems
•
Conduct scientific research, inter alia, write a research
proposal, gather relevant information, analyse data,
interpret the information and come to appropriate
conclusions.
•
Write a research report
•
Different methods of acquiring knowledge
•
The Scientific Method applied to social reality
•
Problem formulation, hypothesis formulation
•
Types of research design
•
Data collection, analysis and interpretation
•
Writing a research report
Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232,
IPS233, IPS234
None
IPS 131/132 PLUS 331
Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
28
47
Lectures p.w.
1
5
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
70
150
Final Examination 40%
Continuous evaluation 60%
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
ERGONOMICS
ERGONOMICS
IPS334
15
Semester (2nd semester)
BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA
7
On completion of this module students should be able to:
•
Think critically about underlying ergonomic principles,
theories and constructs
•
Be proficient in applying ergonomic principles/ aspects in
the design of workstations for both the able and disabled
individuals
186
•
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Identify, analyze and evaluate ergonomic theory efficiently
and effectively and recommend solutions to selected cases
•
Develop coherent arguments when evaluating ergonomic
theory/cases and recommending solutions
•
Explore the fundamental concepts of ergonomics
•
Apply ergonomics in the design/improvement of products,
equipment and the work environment
•
Compare the various human technology systems and
approaches
•
Address how humans process information
•
Identify how human performance is affected by task,
machine, workspace and environment
•
Consider the importance of anthropometric data in the design
of equipment
•
Address issues relating to workplace design (namely,
environmental factors, physical factors, psychological
factors, Interpersonal factors and temporal conditions of
work) which influence behaviour, health and safety and
impact performance and productivity
•
Be aware of how posture and movement impact on
performance and productivity and contribute to injuries
•
Develop an awareness of the special needs category of the
population (namely. Gender, pregnant women and the
disabled
•
Ascertain how stress affects people and performance
•
Address ergonomics as part of a business strategy
Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233,
IPS234
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
28
47
Lectures p.w.
1
5
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
70
150
Final Examination 40%
Continuous Evaluation 60%
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
CONSUMER BEHAVIOR
CONSUMER BEHAVIOR
IPS335
15
Semester (1st semester)
BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, B.A.
7
At the end of the module the students will be able to:
•
Define consumer behaviour
•
Describe the marketing concept
•
Describe market segmentation
•
Explain and contrast consumer research and compile a
questionnaire
187
•
•
•
•
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Describe individual consumer related aspects
Describe social and cultural consumer related aspects
Describe the consumer decision-making process
Explain the role of individual, social and cultural related
consumer aspects in consumer decision-making
Apply their knowledge of consumer behaviour in designing an
advertisement
•
Market segmentation and marketing concept
•
Consumer research
•
Consumer as individual:
•
Motivation
•
Personality
•
Perception
•
Learning
•
Attitude formation and change
•
Communication
•
Consumer in social and cultural setting:
•
Reference groups and family influences
•
Social class
•
Culture
•
Consumer’s decision-making process:
•
Consumer influence and diffusion of innovations
Decision-making and beyond
Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233,
IPS234
None
None
Timetable Requirement per week
Hours
28
47
Lectures p.w
1
5
Practical p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w
70
150
Final Examination 40%
Continuous Evaluation 60%
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION
NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION
IPS336
15
S (1st semester )
BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA
7
IPS 336 serves as an introduction to negotiation and conflict
resolution within the context of labour relations in South Africa. At
the end of the course students should be able to:
•
Apply conflict handling skills and handle negotiations in a
problem-solving manner.
•
Exert certain behaviour in negotiations that is conducive to
integrative bargaining.
Conclude negotiations and implement agreements successfully.
188
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered.
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•
The nature of conflict
•
The nature of negotiation
•
Competitive negotiation
•
Alternatives to competitive negotiation
•
Negotiation communication skills
•
Behaviour of successful negotiators
Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233,
IPS234
None
None
B. Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
28
47
Lectures p.w.
1
5
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w
1
70
150
Final Examination 40%
Continuous Evaluation 60%
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
TRAINING MANAGEMENT
TRAINING MANAGEMENT
IPS337
15
S
BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA
7
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•
Identify international and local trends in HRD, with specific
reference to ETD practices and legislation (The Skills
Development Act, etc).
•
Comprehend the need for the establishment of a culture of
life-long learning in the workplace, and the transition from a
focus on training to a focus on performance improvement.
•
Describe and provide practical guidelines for each of the
phases of the training process – need analysis, designing and
planning, implementation and evaluation.
•
Design a basic training programme, based on needs analysis
conducted in a real work situation and taking into account all
factors involved in the management of the HRD function
(budgeting, administration, etc).
•
International and local trends in human resource development
•
The transformational purpose and principles underpinning
the skills development legislation
•
The learning organization and performance management
•
Conducting training needs analysis
•
Practical guidelines for the design of various interventions
•
Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing, budgeting etc)
•
Guidelines for:
- technology-based learning (TBL)
- Adult Basic Education and
- Training (ABET)
189
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
- Multi-skilling
- EE and diversity training
•
Conducting evaluation of a learning intervention in the
workplace using the most appropriate techniques, based upon
an outcomes-based assessment system.
Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233,
IPS234
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
Hours
28
47
Lectures p.w.
1
5
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
70
150
Final Examination 40%,
Continuous Evaluation 60% (Tests, Assignments)
Information Systems Undergraduate Syllabus
PLEASE NOTE:
The Department of Information Systems may decide to limit the number of students accepted into
IFS second- and third year modules depending on the amount of resources available. Selection, in
this event, will mainly be based on first year IFS marks.
The IFS second year, Stream 2 modules (IFS 232, IFS 234) are not offered on a part time basis, and
only a limited number of students will be accepted for full-time modules. Students who wish to
register for this particular stream must submit their names to the Department of Information
Systems before the last day of classes of the previous academic year. Selection will be based on first
year IFS marks.
IFS341, IFS342 IFS324 and IFS351 will not be offered on a part-time basis.
First Year: (Fundamentals of Information Systems)
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Module Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS
IFS131/132
15
Semester
Faculty
5
At the end of this unit the student will:
• Be able to utilize personal computer technology effectively
and productively.
• Be able to use the computer to organise and manage
information at a personal level.
• Understand the structure, activities & dynamics of
organisations
• Understand the role of information systems in different
organisations
• Understand the place of the information systems department
in organisations
• Be practiced in the workings of a typical business
information system
190
Main Content
•
•
•
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Introduction to computer hardware and software and using
them.
Organisations & their activities and
The roles that IS play in organisations
Introduction to means whereby IS can improve business
performance
None
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
48 hours (16 weeks X 3 Lecture Slots)
40 hours
8 hours (3 x 2hr tests)
32 hours (16 weeks X 2 tutorial slots)
36 hours
164 hours
Theory tests & assignments, practical tests & assignments (60%),
and examinations (40%).
Second Year
Stream 1: (IFS Management)
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Economics and Management Science
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
BUSINESS ANALYSIS
BUSINESS ANALYSIS
IFS231
6
20
Semester
First
At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate:
•
An understanding of the basic components of a business
process model including activities, data flows, data stores,
material flows, material stores, and external entities.
•
The ability to develop business process models from written
evidence and from interviews.
•
The capacity to critically appraise a business process model
for completeness and accuracy.
•
An understanding of the basic components of data and entity
relationship models including entities, associative entities,
relationships and data specification.
•
The ability to develop data and entity models from written
evidence and from interviews.
•
an understanding of normalization
•
The capacity to critically appraise a data or entity
relationship model for completeness and accuracy.
•
Introduction to systems analysis
•
Analysis and documenting of business processes
•
Data modeling
•
Foundations of database design
191
Pre-requisite modules
BCom Students (3-year programme)
IFS131/IFS132 and QSC131/132 or MAT126 and ALC131/132
BCom Students (4-year programme) and BAdmin Students
IFS131/IFS132 and QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 and
ALC131/132
BsC Students (3-year programme)
IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 AND COS114 OR COS124 AND
EED127 AND MAT105 OR STA111
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study
Practical:
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Level
Main Outcomes
BSc Students (4-year programme)
IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 or ISC153 AND MAT151 OR
IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 AND Physics 151(2010) And
MAT151
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
56
60
20
64
200
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT
IFS233
20
SEMESTER (2nd Semester)
6
At the end of this module the student must:
• Demonstrate the ability to develop refined simple project
networks.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the basic characteristics of
work breakdown structures and have the ability to organize
them, from a detailed description of project and systems
requirements.
• Be able to check and process basic timesheet data.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the essential components of
a periodic project report and develop such a report from the
basic time sheet inputs and meeting notes.
• Be able to identify the component parts of a systems test
• Demonstrate an understanding of test scripts and an ability to
prepare such from systems requirement documentation.
• Be able to explain and organize the implementation tasks
involved in handing a system over to the users, including
physical accommodation of the system, training and fault
reporting.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between
project completion meetings and post-implementation
reviews, and be able to plan and to report on them.
192
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
•
•
Project Planning & Control
Techniques for project control including network charts,
specification of tasks and deliverables, and the application of
time and work measurement.
•
Problems of completing the IS development work
•
Testing the quality of the completed system, and
•
Handing systems over and helping with user acceptance
IFS231
None
None
Time- table requirements per week
Hours
56
60
Lectures p.w.
3
20
Practicals p.w
None
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
64
200
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
Stream 2: (IS Development)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Module numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING
INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING
IFS232 (1st Semester)
IFS232
20
SEMESTER
6
After the course students must demonstrate:
• The ability to understand and code HTML pages, and make
use of CSS attributes;
• An understanding of the basic principles of object-oriented
computer programming;
• The ability to design and code client-side browser
applications using the Javascript language
• An understanding of the design and operating principles of
relational databases
• Development of client-side browser application modules and
simple databases through an object-oriented scripting
approach
IFS131/IFS 132 pass requirement at 60%, QSC131/132 &
ALC131/132
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirements per week
56
60
Lectures p.w.
3
20
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
64
200
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
193
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT
SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT
IFS234
20
SEMESTER (2nd Semester)
6
At the end of this module the student must demonstrate:
• The ability to develop a software application project.
• An understanding of relational database theory
• The ability to program data objects
• An understanding of the relationship between software
applications and data sources in the context of an information
system.
• An understanding of the process involved in the development
of a functional software application
• The ability to participate in and contribute functionally to the
process of application design
• Produce the design for and a working instance of a fully
functional server-side software application
• Database-driven application development skills
• The ability to participate in the design and production of a
real-world server-side software application
IFS232 Pass requirement, QSC131/132 & ALC131/132
None
None
Time-table requirements per week
Hours
56
60
Lectures p.w.
3
20
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
64
200
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
Economic and Management Sciences
Information Systems
Databases and Data Modelling
Databases and Data Modelling
IFS242
6
20
Semester
First
BCom (IS)
2
At the end of this module the student will be able to:
• Understand the principles of relational and object-oriented
databases
• Understand the role of databases in modern information
systems
194
•
•
•
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Design relational databases of moderate complexity
Abstract table structure from data requirement statements
Understand the principles of primary- and foreign-key data
relationships
• Utilise the SQL language to query databases
• Utilise a modern relational database management system
using the data manipulation language and the data definition
language
• Model data relationships
• The theory and application of relational and object-oriented
databases
• Data-oriented modelling theory and application
• Unified Modelling Language
• Object-oriented design principles
• The object-oriented development life cycle
IFS131 or IFS132, QSC132 or QSF131 or MAM126 and ALC132
None
None
Hours
56
60
0
20
64
200
60% test assignments
and tutorials
CFA
Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w.
3
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
40% final assessment
Economic and Management Sciences
Information Systems
Business Information Systems
Business Information Systems
IFS244
6
20
Semester
Second
BCom(IS)
2
At the end of this module the student will be able to:
• Understand the range, function and nature of the diversity of
business information systems
• Understand the interrelationships between business
information systems
• Apply Information Systems theory and principles that will
improve business performance in the context of business
cases and scenarios
• Apply key concepts of operations management and their
applications in the business environment
195
•
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Articulate the contribution of information and the associated
technologies to supporting corporate objectives, adding value
and generating competitive advantage for the organisation
• Develop objectives and strategic plans for the development
of integrated information systems within large and small
organisations in the manufacturing, commercial and service
sectors
• Understand the role of data and business intelligence in
supporting management decision making
• Define the digital enterprise, and identify the unique
characteristics of eCommerce and eBusiness systems as they
relate to the digital enterprise
• Management Information Systems
• Business intelligence
• Decision support systems
• Expert systems
• Electronic commerce and transaction processing systems
• Specialised information systems – virtual reality, specialpurpose systems, artificial intelligence
IFS131/132
IFS231, IFS242
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.
3
60
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
20
64
200
60% test assignments and tutorials
40% final assessment
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Information Systems
Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems Design
Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems Design
IFS251
6
20
Semester
First
BCom (IS)
2
•
•
•
At the end of this module the student will be able to:
Demonstrate an understanding of the history of systems
development and the requirement for a new approach to
systems development
Demonstrate an understanding of the costs and benefits of
object-oriented design techniques
196
•
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Demonstrate an understanding of system models and
modelling
• Apply basic data-oriented models and modelling techniques
• Apply the theory of object-oriented abstraction and design
• Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of software
objects, polymorphism and inheritance
• Demonstrate an understanding of the properties of objects and
classes
• Use Unified Modelling Language to create visual objectoriented data models
• Apply basic object-oriented approach in software
development
• Apply the principles of abstraction to design software objects
• Demonstrate an understanding of the object-oriented
development life-cycle
• Utilise data-oriented models and entity relationship diagrams
• Demonstrate an understanding of requirements modelling
• Write introductory level object-oriented software in a higherorder object-oriented programming language
• The theory and application of object-oriented design
principles
• Applied introductory level object-oriented techniques in
systems and software
• The object-oriented software design paradigm
• Systems and software modelling
• Unified Modelling Language
• The object-oriented development life-cycle
IFS131 or IFS132, QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 or MAM126 and
ALC131/132.
IFS242
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.
3
60
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
20
64
200
60% test assignments and tutorials
40% final assessment
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Information Systems
Applied Object-oriented Principles
Applied Object-oriented Principles
IFS262
6
20
Semester
Second
BCom(IS)
197
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
2
At the end of this module the student will:
• Design software and data objects using object-oriented
principles and abstraction
• Utilise a modern object-oriented programming language to
apply the principles of object-oriented design and
programming
• Build coherent, non-trivial object-oriented software
applications at intermediate level
• Utilise a modern relational database management system
interface in object-oriented software applications
• Demonstrate applied human computer interface
implementation and its user interface design techniques
• Modern object-oriented design and abstraction principles
• The syntax and application of a modern object-oriented
programming language
• Interfacing databases with object-oriented software
• Human computer interface theory and application
None
IFS242, IFS251
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.
3
60
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
20
64
200
60% test assignments and tutorials
40% final assessment
CFA
Economic and Management Sciences
Information Systems
Systems Engineering Principles
Systems Engineering Principles
IFS363
7
30
Semester
First
BCom(IS)
3
At the end of this module the student will:
• Demonstrate an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature
of systems engineering
• Demonstrate an understanding of the decomposition of the
system engineering process into a Systems Engineering
Technical process, and a Systems Engineering Management
Process
198
•
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Numeric Code
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offeres
Level
Main Outcomes
Identify the relationship between the various systems
engineering stages
• Demonstrate the incorporation of feedback into engineering
processes
• Apply the principles of complexity management
• Utilise systems engineering tools
• Perform systems requirements analyses at an introductory
level
• Utilise the modern systems and software testing theories and
models
• Systems and software engineering scope
• Systems and software engineering process
• Complexity management
• Systems modeling
• Systems engineering tools
• Requirements analysis
• Systems and software testing
IFS242, IFS251
None
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w.
4
90
Practicals p.w.
0
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
20
120
300
60% test assignments and tutorials
40% final assessment
CFA
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY
IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY
IFS 361
IFS 361
30
SEMESTER (1st semester)
BCom, BCom 4-year, BAdmin
7
After the course students must:
• Understand how businesses create value and how information
systems assist in value creation.
• Understand the principles of strategic planning as it affects
information systems.
• Understand the different contribution that information systems
can make in different strategic situations
• Understand the activities that contribute to good project
management and the competencies that support it.
• Be able to work effectively (in a large organisation) in a project
office, or (in a smaller organisation) in a junior project
management role.
199
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examination
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g (CAF)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)
• Be able to critically appraise and comment on project plans
prepared by others.
• Introduction to the possible contributions that information
Systems can make in strategic planning.
• The key activities in computer operations
• The management of IT resources and IT suppliers.
• Introduction to the basics of project management adding to the
prior second level module that deals with project control.
• Accepted international frameworks for project management.
Pass requirement IFS233
None
None
Hours
Time Table requirements per week
48
Lectures p.w.3
112
Practicals p.w. 1
12
Tutorials p.w.1
28
100
300
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
INFORMATION SYSTEM
IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE
IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE
IFS362
30
Semester (2nd semester)
BCom, BAdmin
7
At the end of the course students must demonstrate an ability to:
• critically appraise infrastructure plans for completeness and
coherency.
• understand of normal computer room operations.
• explain service management concepts and define effective
service level measures.
• understand modern systems architecture and its relationship
and application to infrastructure
• The key activities in information systems operations
• The management of IT resources and IT suppliers.
• Infrastructure management.
• Systems architecture
IFS361
None
None
Hours
Time-Table requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w. 3
112
Practicals p.w.
12
Tutorials p.w. 1
28
100
300
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
200
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examination
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS
IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS
IFS352 (1ST semester)
30
SEMESTER
7
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
•
Understand different paradigms within IS.
•
perceive and understand how IS as a discipline forms part of a
set of interrelated cultural, social, political and other systems.
•
understand the origins of the information age.
•
understand the philosophical principles of academic writing and
publishing in IFS, and be able to apply them.
•
Understand the ethical issues raised during eh process of
conducting research
•
understand the nature and progress of scientific enquiry, and its
application to IFS
•
Have knowledge of various research methods used in IFS
research.
•
Be able to find and evaluate information critically for research
purposes
•
Be able to write a research proposal.
•
Be able to interpret and use research output in IFS
•
IFS from a philosophical perspective.
•
This module is a prerequisite for the full-time Honours in IFS.
•
Introduction to research methods in IFS.
•
This module is a prerequisite for the Honours in IFS.
Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2ndyear IFS modules.
None
None
Hours
48
112
12
28
100
300
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
CAPITA SELECTA
CAPITA SELECTA
IFS351 (Not offered part-time)
30
SEMESTER (2nd Semester)
BCom, BAdmin
7
201
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)
Outcomes for this module will be announced before October of the
previous year
• This module will be presented by visiting scholars and/or other
specialists and might change every year in line with current issues
in IS.
• Detail on the topics will be announced on the website and
elsewhere before October of the previous year.
Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement IFS131/IFS132
None
None
Hours
48
112
12
28
100
300
B. Amended time-Table requirement per week
Lectures p.w. 3
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w. 1
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
CAPITA SELECTA
CAPITA SELECTA
IFS341
30
SEMESTER (2nd Semester)
BCom, BAdmin
7
The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half
of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website
before April of each year
Information about topics in this module will be announced on
Departmental website before April of each year
Registered for BCom as an Information Systems Specialist and pass
requirement IFS 233
None
None
Hours
Time-Table requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w. 3
112
Practicals p.w.
12
Tutorials p.w. 1
28
100
300
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
202
(Not offered in 2015)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Assessment Type e.g.
(CAF)
(Not offered in 2015)
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
IFS342
30
SEMESTER
BCom, BAdmin
7
At the end of this module the student must be able to:
• understand and apply the principles of object-oriented design for data
storage and management systems
• explain the principles of data warehousing and the critical factors
that lead to success.
• refer to case studies in different business areas and explain the
different motivations for investing in volume data management.
• transform data into business intelligence using information
technology.
• Object-oriented data storage and management
• Basic concepts of data modelling
• Data mining foundations
• Data mining methods
• Business applications of data mining - tools and techniques that
allow an organisation to manage its volume data, and to get value out
of it.
• Transforming data into business intelligence
Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2nd year
IFS Modules.
None
None
Hours
Time-Table requirement per week
64
Lectures p.w. 3
120
Practicals p.w.
20
Tutorials p.w. 1
96
300
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
CAPITA SELECTA
CAPITA SELECTA
IFS324 (2nd semester)
30
SEMESTER
7
At the end of this module the student must:
• The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half
of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website
before April of each year
• Information about topics in this module will be announced on
Departmental website before April of each year
203
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Assignment & tasks:
Tests & Examinations:
Practicals:
Self-study:
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Registered for BCom
None
None
Hours
Time- table requirements per week
48
112
Lectures p.w.
12
Practicals p.w
28
Tutorials p.w.
100
300
60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.
40% - Final Assessment
3
None
1
Law Faculty Module Descriptors
Mercantile Law
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha Numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered
Programmes in which the
module is offered
Level
Year level
Main Outcomes
Mercantile Law
Mercantile Law
Mercantile Law 102
MER102
15
Semester
Second
B.Com(Acc) and B.Com
5
1
1. INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL
SYSTEM
Introduction to study of law
Aim
To explain the basic structure of our legal system.
Objectives
Students should
• know the sources of law;
• know the South African legal system;
• understand the principles of the Constitution of the Republic of
South Africa, 1996 (Act 108 of 1996, as amended);
• be able to state the current principles governing delictual liability;
and
• understand unjustified enrichment.
Interpretation of statues
Aim
To give basic guidance on legal rules for interpreting statutes.
Have a broad understanding of the Interpretation Act 33 of 1957.
Objectives
Students should be able to
• apply basic rules to solve problems; and
• interpret statutes.
204
2. LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE
RELEVANT STATUTES IS REQUIRED
General principles of the law of contract and agency
Aim
To establish a clear understanding of the legal principles operative in
this area, especially in those aspects where conflict can often arise in
practice.
Objectives
Students should be able to
• interpret the provisions of a contract on behalf of clients; and
• assess the liability of clients and other parties to an agency
agreement.
Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring
Aim
To establish the principles governing trading transactions and the
rights and responsibilities of parties to a contract of purchase and sale,
and letting and hiring.
Objectives
Students should be able to
• determine when a valid purchase/sale has been concluded;
• recognise difficult situations in which the validity is questioned;
and
• explain in practical terms the consequences of lease transactions to
clients.
Basic principles of Employment Contract:
Students should be able to identify and interpret the essential elements
of an employment contract.
Objectives:
Students should be able to
• determine if a valid employment contract was concluded
• determine the rights and duties of employer and employee in terms
of the employment contract.
3.
Main Content
LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT
THE ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED
Aim
An awareness of the relevant legislation as well as what the act is
seeking to achieve with regard to legal principles of this area.
Objective
Students should be able to describe the general principles of law
relating to such transactions.
1. INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL
SYSTEM
Introduction to study of law
Main divisions of law
• Common law
• Statute
Delict, contract and unjustified enrichment
• The distinction between a delict and the principles of delictual
liability
The distinction between civil and criminal law
The operation of judicial precedent as a source of law
205
Bill of Rights (essence)
2. LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE
RELEVANT STATUTES / COMMON LAW IS REQUIRED
General principles of the law of contract and agency
Contract
• Definition and essential elements
• Agreement – intention to create obligations
• Capacity to contract
• Legality
• Physical possibility of performance
• Formalities
• Voidable contracts
• Misrepresentation
• Duress
• Undue influence
• Error (mistake)
• Operation of contract
• Parties affected by the contract
• Contents of the contract
• Obligations arising from the contract
• Cession, delegation and variation of contract
• Termination of contract
• Performance – agreement – operation of law
• Breach of contract – forms of breach
• Remedies for breach
Law of agency
• Nature
• Formation
• Relationships of principal and agent
• Rights and liabilities to third parties to contracts made by agent
• Agents’ rights and liabilities to third parties
• Termination
Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring
Law of sale
• Introduction and definition
• The goods
• The price, effect of contracts of sale on passing of ownership
• Cash and credit sales
• The risk
• Duties of the seller
• Seller’s warranty against latent defects
• Seller’s warranty against eviction
• Duties of the buyer
• National Credit Act
• Usury Act
Law of letting and hiring
• Introduction and definition
• Formalities
• The object of the contract
• The identity of the property to be let
• The rent
• Duration of leases
206
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Renewal of leases
Duties of the lessor
The lessor’s warranty against eviction
Duties of the lessee
Landlord’s hypothec
Termination of leases
Assignment and subletting
Employment contract:
• Basic Principles
• Rights & Duties of Employer & Employee
• Impact of Constitution
3.
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited combinations
Breakdown of learning
time
Contact with lecturer/ tutor
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment:
Self Study
Total Learning Time
Methods of student
assessment:
Assessment module type:
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha Numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered
LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT THE
ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED
Law relating to property transactions
• Sectional Titles Act 95 of 1986, as 5ecogni
• Share Block Schemes Act
• Alienation of Land Act, 1981
• Time sharing schemes
• Rights of purchasers
• Protection of tenants
Law of mortgage and pledge
• Parties to the mortgage or pledge
• Types of mortgages and pledge
• Effect of a mortgage or pledge
• Extinction of mortgages and pledges
• Foreclosure
• Tacit securities – Liens
ALC131 or ALC132
None
None
Hours
Time-table requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.4
24
Practicals p.w.0
20
Tutorials p.w.0
50
150
2 tests(both compulsory)=CAM
Coursework
: 50% final mark
Examination
: 50% final mark
CAF
Economic and Management Sciences
Mercantile Law
Mercantile Law
Mercantile Law 221
MCR221
10
Semester
First
207
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Level
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited combinations
Breakdown of learning
time
Contact with lecturer/
tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Self Study
Total Learning Time
Methods of student
assessment
Assessment module type
B.Com(Acc) and B.Com
6
2
Students will have acquired an understanding of the general principles,
basic aspects and rules regulating the Law relating to Insolvency,
Negotiable Instruments, including Electronic Payments and
Transactions.
In addition students will have developed an understanding of how
these principles operate in practice.
The Law of Insolvency which includes (inter alia) a comparison
between voluntary surrender and compulsory sequestration, effect and
consequence of sequestration on the insolvent, the insolvent estate and
the solvent spouse, rehabilitation.
The Law of Negotiable Instruments, including basic principles of
cheque law and including the law relating to Electronic Payments and
Transactions.
MER102
None
None
Hours
Time Table requirements per week
42
0
Lectures pw
3
0
Practicals p.w
0
5
Tutorials p.w.
0
53
100
There will be two test opportunities during the semester of which at
least one test is compulsory. Students can therefore choose which test
to write and the mark for such test will constitute the student’s
coursework mark. Should any student opt to utilize both test
opportunities, the coursework mark will be the average mark
of the two tests.
1 examination
Coursework mark = 50% of final mark
Examination mark = 50% of final mark
CAF
208
Programme: Mathematical & Statistical Sciences
For information regarding the Mathematical and Statistical Sciences programmes please refer to
the Science Faculty Undergraduate year book.
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self-study
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Science faculty
Statistics
Introductory Statistics
Business statistics 132
BUS132
5
15
Semester
B.Com (General, Accounting)
To be able to:
•
Recognize the importance of statistics in both private and public
sectors
•
Summarize data into summary measures (e.g. mean and standard
deviation)
•
Do simple statistical analysis
•
Use a computer to analyze data
Descriptive statistics
Simple linear regression analysis
Probability
Sampling distributions
Inferential Statistics
Index numbers
Time series
QS (BAdmin) or Grade 12 Maths HG or SG (70%) or Mathematics
(50% - from 2009)
None
STA 111/125/141/142/151/BUS /131
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
56
20
Lectures p.w.
Practical’s p.w
Tutorials p.w.
10
64
150
Assignments (20%) and tests (30%): 50%
Final examination: 50%
209
3 x 1 hours
1 x 3 hours
0
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Science faculty
Statistics
Introductory Statistics
Statistics 142
STA142
7
30
Semester
B. Admin
To be able to:
•
Recognize the importance of statistics in both private and public
sectors
Department of Political Studies
First Year Level Modules Codes:
POL
SVK
:
:
Political Studies
Pass requirement
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
POL131
15
S
University
5
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
•
identify and describe the essential characteristics of politics and
the state in a national and international context (e.g. authority,
power, legitimacy and sovereignty)
•
outline the development of political institutions
•
provide the theoretical foundations for the study of international
relations
•
identify and describe key factors, issues and trends in national
and international politics
•
develop the basic techniques and knowledge necessary to pursue
further study in the field of Political Science and International
Relations
•
Key features of contemporary political dynamics and state
structures
•
Key theoretical approaches to the study of international relations
•
Political trends in national and international politics
•
Key concepts in the fields of Political Science and International
Relations, e.g. power and authority
•
The impact of historical trends on current political structures at
the national and global level
None
None
210
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self-study
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
None
Time-table Requirement per week
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
EMS
Political Studies
South African Politics and the Environment
South African Politics and the Environment
POL 142
5
15
Semester
2nd semester
Main Content
56 hrs
30 hrs
8 hrs
0
56 hrs
150 hrs
Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 50%
Examination (50%)
BA, LLb, BCom (Extended Programme) and all non-EMS students
requiring the module as an elective
1st
At the end of the module a student should be able to:
• Explain the political context in which the South African
government functions, including South Africa’s transition to
democracy;
• Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid
South Africa
• Understand South Africa’s position in a regional and international
context;
• Analyse the environment as a political issue and policy problem of
sustainable development generally and in South Africa specifically
• Compare the central ideas of green political thought, e.g.
ecologism and environmental justice
• Provide a typology of environmental groups and an analysis of
their impact
• Describe governmental and corporate responses to environmental
problems, e.g. international climate change agreements to reduce
greenhouse gasses
• South Africa’s political transition from apartheid to democracy
• South African political parties (policies and historical foundations)
• Trends in South African elections since 1994
• The South African political economy and its regional and global
context
• Introduction to environmental politics and environmental
sustainability as a policy issue in South Africa
• Green political thought (ecologism/environmentalism)
• Environmental groups (green parties and activist groups)
• Political challenges of responses to environmental questions (at
the South African and international political level)
211
Pre-requisite modules
None
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Assessments
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
None
GOV 132; ESS 112
Module Name
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
42hrs
Lectures p.w.
30
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
8 hrs
70 hrs
0
150hrs
Assignments, Tasks, Tests (50%)
Examination (50%)
CFA
2
0
1
0
0
South African Politics and Government
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES
SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT
SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT
GOV 132
15
S
University
5
After completion of the module learners should be able to:
•
Explain the political context in which the South African
government functions, including South Africa’s transition to
democracy;
•
Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid
South Africa
•
Evaluate South Africa’s position in regional and international
context;
•
Explain the interface between politics and economics in South
Africa
•
Describe the constitutional framework of the South African
government
•
Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and
theories of South African central and provincial government
structures
Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles
pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial
government of South Africa
•
South Africa’s political transition from apartheid to democracy
•
South African political parties (policies and historical
foundations)
•
Trends in South African elections since 1994
•
The South African political economy and its regional and global
context
•
Classification of and relationships between the legislative,
judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa
•
The composition and structure of branches of the South African
212
•
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Practical’s:
Self-study
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
government
Division of government functions and services between central,
provincial and local spheres of government in South Africa
None
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
56 hrs
30 hrs
8 hrs
56 hrs
150 hrs
Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 60%
Examination (40%)
Second Year Level Modules
SVK :Pol 131 (previously 101, 111 and 112) (at least 50%) or GOV132 (previously 102, 121 and 122)
(at least 40%) OR POL142
Any four modules may be selected in consultation with the department.
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered.
Year Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
EMS
Political Studies
South Africa in Comparative Political Context
South Africa in Comparative Political Context
POL 231
6
20
Semester
1st or 2nd
B.Admin; BA
2nd
At the end of this module, students should be able to:
• Describe concepts, employ methods and apply theoretical
perspectives in the field of comparative politics
• Apply these concepts, methods and theories to compare South
African political institutions with other selected case studies
• Analyse the latest debates and controversies in South African
politics and political-economy using a comparative context (in
relation to other case studies)
• Comparative method in Political Studies
• Political institutions
• Contemporary debates in South African politics
• Political-economic issues in South Africa
• Selected comparative case studies
Pol 131 AND GOV 132 OR POL 142
None
213
Prohibited module
combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
None
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered.
Year Level
Main Outcomes
EMS
Political Studies
International Political Dynamics
International Political Dynamics
POL 232
6
20
Semester
1st or 2nd
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited module
combinations
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w.
2
70
Practicals p.w.
0
Tutorials p.w.
1
8
80
0
200
Continuous Evaluation (50%), e.g. Class Test, Tutorial Exercises,
Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam
CFA
B.Admin; BA
2nd
At the end of this module, students should be able to:
• Define concepts related to the study of foreign policy and
international institutions, e.g. diplomacy, global governance,
and international regimes
• Describe and explain the formation and nature of international
institutions in terms of IR theories, e.g. regional integration and
regime theory
• Identify and explain economic, political and military
instruments of foreign policy
• Explain the origin and evaluate the purpose and shortcomings
of selected international organisations, e.g. the United Nations
and the African Union
• Analyze and evaluate foreign policy issues by explaining how
individual, state and system level factors impact on a state’s
foreign policy
•
Main definitions, concepts, approaches and theories in the study
of foreign policy and international institutions
•
The role of state leadership, domestic politics and a state’s
position and power in foreign policy-making
•
Selected foreign policy issues
•
International cooperation through international institutions
•
Regional integration and international regime formation
•
Global governance with specific reference to international
organisations, such as the United Nations or the African Union
Pol 131 AND GOV 132 OR POL 142
None
None
214
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Tests & examinations:
Assignments & Tasks
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Assessment Module type
Assessment Module Type
Hours
Time-table Requirement per
week
Lectures p.w.
2
Practicals p.w.
42
70
0
8
Tutorials p.w.
1
80
0
200
Continuous Evaluation (50%), e.g. Class Test, Tutorial Exercises,
Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam
Economics and Management Science
POLITICAL STUDIES
Capita Selecta in Political Studies
Capita Selecta in Political Studies
POL233
6
20
Semester
1st or 2nd
B Admin; BA
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•
Describe and explain concept related to the selected topic in
Political Studies
•
Evaluate theories or approaches related to the selected topic in
Political Studies
•
Critically review literature on the selected topic
•
Analyse key events, actors and/or processes related to a
selected topic
•
Conceptual clarification on a selected topic in Political Studies
•
Theories or approaches in the study of a selected topic
•
Literature Review on a selected topic
•
Key events, actors and processes related to a selected topic
Pol131 AND GOV 132/ POL142
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures
0
Practicals
70
Tutorials
0
80
0
200
Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises,
Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam
CFA
215
Third Year
Pass POL131, GOV132 OR POL142 plus three second year level credits in Political Studies.
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assessments:
Assignments & Tasks
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Assessment Module type
Economics and Management Science
POLITICAL STUDIES
Political Theory
Political Theory
POL331
7
30
Semester
1st or 2nd
B Admin; BA
3rd
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•
Describe and evaluate important contemporary political
theories
•
Compare theories with respect to relevant criteria, e.g. their
view on the sources of authority and power in society\
•
Identify proponents of these theories and explain their
contribution to the development of political though
•
Critically explain the nature and political functions of political
ideas
•
Compare selected ideologies
•
Situate political theories and ideologies in historical context
•
Selected political theories
•
Arguments and critique of proponents of these theories
•
Political uses of ideologies
•
History of political ideas
Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224
OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233
None
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures
8
Practicals
100
Tutorials
0
150
0
300
Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises,
Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam
216
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assessments:
Assignments & Tasks
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Assessment Module type
Assessment Module Type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Level
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Economics and Management Science
POLITICAL STUDIES
Research Methodology In Political Studies
Research Methodology In Political Studies
POL332
7
30
Semester
1st or 2nd
B Admin; BA
3rd
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Identify and evaluate different research approaches and methods
used in Political studies
• Design a basic research project on a selected topic by describing
a research problem; formulating a research question, research
aims and objectives, a hypothesis or propositions; and choosing
the appropriate method(s) to gather and analyse data
• Execute a basic research project on topic in political Studies
•
Various research approaches and methodologies
•
Research design
•
Research problem, question, aims and objectives
•
Basic research project on a selected topic
•
Data gathering and analysis
Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224
OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233
None
None
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures
2
8
Practicals
120
Tutorials
0
130
0
300
Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises,
Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam
CFA
Economics and Management Science
POLITICAL STUDIES
Capita Selecta in Political Studies
Capita Selecta in Political Studies
POL333
7
30
Semester
217
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assessments:
Assignments & Tasks
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Assessment Module type
Assessment Module Type
1st or 2nd
B Admin; BA
3rd
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Describe and explain concepts related to the selected topic in
Political Studies
• Critically evaluate, compare and contrast theories or approaches
related to the selected topic in Political Studies
•
Critically review literature on the selected topic
• Critically analyse key events, actors and/or processes related to
selected topic.
•
Conceptual clarification on a selected topic in Political Studies
•
Theories or approaches in the study of selected topic
•
Critical Literature Review on a selected topic
•
Key events, actors and processes related to a selected topic
Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224
OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233
None
None
Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures
2
8
Practicals
120
Tutorials
0
130
0
300
Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises,
Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam
CFA
Public Administration
First Year Level Courses
The course consists of two sections
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
School of Government: Public Administration
Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration and
Management
Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration and
Management
PUA131
15
S
University
6
After completion of the module learners should be in a position to:
•
Possess a comprehensive introduction to the discipline of
public administration/management from its early days to the
present
•
Demonstrate an understanding of the role and scope of the
activity of public administration or public management and in
218
•
•
•
•
•
Main Content
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the context of the contemporary state
Analyse the patterns of interaction between public
administration at work, and other formal political institutions of
the state and as well as other components of civil society
Evaluate the role of public administration in the process of
public policy-making
Examine and evaluate the on-going changing role and scope of
the state and its administration
Understand and analyse the importance of the administration
and/or management of public affairs and the role and functions
of the public manager within this context
Understand theories of local government and comprehend the
structure of local government in South Africa
Public Administration as a field of study
Government functions and services
Intergovernmental relations
The relationship between governance and public management
Policy implementation, impact and evaluation
The role of and functions of the public manager
An introduction to the composition and structure of the local
sphere of government.
The importance, role, functions, structures and process of the
local sphere of government in South Africa
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Tests & examinations:
Assignments & Tasks
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
None
None
None
Hours
Home Department
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES
SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT
SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT
GOV 132
15
S
University
5
After completion of the module learners should be able to:
•
Explain the political context in which the South African
government functions, including South Africa’s transition to
democracy;
•
Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
42 hrs
10 hrs
40 hrs
0
58 hrs
150 hrs
Assignments, Tasks 15%
Group case study 20%
Tests 25%
Assessment (40%)
219
•
•
•
•
•
Main Content
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Tests & examinations:
Assignments & Tasks
Practicals:
Selfstudy
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student
Assessment
South Africa
Evaluate South Africa’s position in regional and international
context;
Explain the interface between politics and economics in South
Africa
Describe the constitutional framework of the South African
government
Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and
theories of South African central and provincial government
structures
Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles
pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial
government of South Africa
South Africa’s political transition from apartheid to democracy
South African political parties (policies and historical
foundations)
Trends in South African elections since 1994
The South African political economy and its regional and
global context
Classification of and relationships between the legislative,
judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa
The composition and structure of branches of the South
African government
Division of government functions and services between
central, provincial and local spheres of government in South
Africa
None
None
None
Hours
42 hrs
10 hrs
40 hrs
0
58 hrs
150 hrs
Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 60%
Examination (40%)
Second Year Level Courses
Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the department.
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
PUA211
10
Term
University
6
220
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor:
Contact with tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals:
Total learning time:
Methods of Student
Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
After completion of the module learners will be able to:
• Explain the terminology, elements, categories, principles, criteria
and methodology of human resource management.
• Explain the role and functions of the public manager in human
resource management.
• Explain the nature and dynamics of the personnel provision and
utilisation phases of the human resource management process.
• Apply the fundamentals of human resource management to
public sector human resource management.
Fundamentals of human resource management
Human resource provisioning
Human resource utilization
Role of and functions of public manager in human
resource management
PUA 131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%)
None
None
HOURS
21 hours
12 hours
30 hours
9 hours
28 hours
100 hours
Tests which measure learning acquired
through lecture attendance and self-study
10%
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions: 20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process
15%
Evaluation of research assignment
15%
Examination
40%
PUA 212: Public Policy Analysis
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS
PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS
PUA212
10
Term
University
6
After completion of the module, learners will be able to:
• Explain the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of
policy.
• Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process.
• Apply public policy analysis methodologies to policy issues.
• Design a Policy Issue Paper which reflects the structuring of a
policy issue.
• The identification, structuring, assessment and prioritisation of
public policy issues.
• The design of public policy projects.
• The implementation of public policy projects.
• The control, evaluation and review of public policy projects.
PUA131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%)
221
None
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
21 hrs
Tests & examinations:
9 hrs
Assignments & Tasks
42 hrs
Practicals:
0
Selfstudy
28 hrs
Other: Please specify
Total Learning Time
100 hrs
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer
Assignments & tasks
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals
Total learning time
Methods of Student Assessment
School of Government - Public Administration
Administration and Democracy
Administration and Democracy
PUA213
10
Term
University
6
After completion of the module students should be able to:
• Examine and explain contemporary issues of Public
Administration with the administrative, social, economic and
political values of a democratic state.
• Examine and apply various approaches on democratic theories,
civil society and bureaucracy to contemporary South African
Public Administration.
• Synthesize research findings on public administration and
democracy in South Africa.
• Contemporary issues of South African Public Administration in
relation to administrative, social, economic and political values of
a democratic state.
• Approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy.
PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%)
None
None
Hours
33 hours
3 hours0
9 hours
28 hours
100 hours
Assignment & tasks:
15%
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance
and self-study:
10%
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:
20%
Evaluation of Personal Portfolio process
15%
222
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer
Contact with tutor
Assignments & tasks
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals
Total learning time
Methods of Student Assessment
School of Government - Public Administration
Public Financial Management
Public Financial Management
PUA221
10
Term
University
6
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Explain the fundamentals of public sector financial management:
terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences;
classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles
and generalizations; and theories of public financial management.
•
Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the
goals and objectives of the government.
•
Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the budget
cycle.
•
Explain the role of the public manager in public financial
management.
•
Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (e.g. auditorgeneral) on efficient and effective management practices in
governmental organisations.
•
Fundamentals of public financial management
•
Socio-political realities of public financial management
•
National budgets: features, functions & practices
•
Public financial accountability; internal control; auditing;
intergovernmental fiscal relations; provisioning administration;
public debt management; and role of and functions of public
manager in financial management.
PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%)
None
Hours
21 hours
12 hours
30 hours0
9 hours
28 hours
100 hours
Assignment & tasks:
20%
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
self-study:
10%
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:
15%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Examination:
40%
223
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer/tutor
Contact with tutor
Assignments & tasks
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals
Total learning time
Methods of Student
Assessment
School of Government - Public Administration
Urban and Rural Management
Urban and Rural Management
PUA222
10
Term
University
6
After completion of the module students should be able to
• Explain the organisational and societal significance of
urbanisation processes, particularly in developing countries.
• Comprehend and explain the challenges urbanisation gives rise to,
such as informal settlements, job creation, service delivery, etc.).
• Explain the challenges facing rural development in developing
countries, particularly on the African continent.
Comprehend contemporary management issues in urban and rural
local government, particularly in developing countries.
Contemporary issues of urbanisation processes:
• challenges of informal settlements, job creation, service delivery.
• Intergovernmental relations and urban functions and processes.
• Role of rural areas in social and political economy and approaches
towards management of this sector.
Appropriate forms of rural government and effective management of
rural and urban development.
PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%)
None
None
Hours
21 hrs
12 hrs
30 hrs
9 hrs
28 hrs
100 hrs
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
self-study:
10%
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:
20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of research assignment:
15%
Examinations:
40%
224
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR
ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR
PUA223
10
Term
University
6
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Recall terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences;
classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles
and generalizations.
•
Comprehend major theories/schools of thought on organisation.
•
Explain applicability of principles of major theories/schools of
thought on organization to public administration institutions.
Main Content
•
Nature of organisation theories
•
Formal theories of organisation: Bureaucratic model, scientific
management, universal school of administration, human relations
approach, decision-making approach, behavioural science
approach, environmental approaches, systems and contingency
theories, cybernetics; organization development and change.
PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%)
Pre-requisites
None
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
Contact with lecturer
21
Contact with tutor
12
Assignments & tasks
30
Tests & examinations:
9
Self-study:
28
Practicals
Total learning time
100
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Methods of Student
Assessment
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
self-study:
10%
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:
20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of research assignment:
15%
Examinations:
40%
225
Practicum
Third Year Level
Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the Department.
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
PUA311
15
Term
University
7
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Explain terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and
sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology;
principles and generalizations.
•
Explain the application of analytic tools and social science
methods to problems associated with policy formulation,
implementation and evaluation.
•
Apply the logic and skills needed to engage in practical research
projects.
Main Content
•
The research process
•
Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research
and types of research
•
Preparation and conceptualisation of policy studies
•
Research designs
•
Analysis of recommendations, research report writing and
communication of research results to policymakers
PUA131, GOV132; PUA 212
Pre-requisites
None
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
Contact with lecturer
21
Assignments & tasks
40
Tests & examinations:
10
Self-study:
65
Practicals/ contact with tutor
14
Total learning time
150
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
Methods of Student
self-study:
10%
Assessment
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions: 20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15%
Evaluation of Research assignment:
15%
Examinations:
40%
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
226
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
LOCAL GOVERNMENT
LOCAL GOVERNMENT
PUA312
15
Term
University
7
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Recall terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and
sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology;
principles and generalisations of local government administration
and management.
•
Comprehend and explain the structure of local government in
South Africa and contemporary management issues in metropolitan
and rural local government.
•
Analyse and explain elements, relationships, problems and
challenges facing local authorities within a framework of
comparative studies of systems of local government in various
countries.
Main Content
•
Aspects of citizen participation and representation
•
Local government issues: finance; metropolitan growth;
implications of industrialisation and urbanisation
•
Comparative study of systems of local government
PUA 131, GOV132, PUA 222
Pre-requisites
None
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
Contact with lecturer
21
Assignments & tasks
40
Tests & examinations:
10
Self-study:
65
Practicals/ contact with tutor
14
Total learning time
150
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
Methods of Student
self-study:
10%
Assessment
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of research assignment:
15%
Examination:
40%
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
PUA313
15
Term
University
7
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences;
classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and
generalisations of administrative systems of developed and
developing nations.
227
•
Explain and compare the structure and systems of administration of
government of developed and developing nations.
•
Explain the elements, relationships and organizational principles
pertaining to the systems of administration of developed and
developing countries.
Main Content
•
Criteria for cross-national comparisons
•
Comparison of structures and administrative culture; dimensions of
administrative capacity; causes of chronic mal-administration;
comparative study of key policy issues
PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222
Pre-requisites
None
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
Contact with lecturer
21
Contact with tutor
40
Assignments & tasks
10
Tests & examinations:
65
Self-study:
14
Practicals/ contact with tutor 150
Total learning time
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
Methods of Student
self-study:
10%
Assessment
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:
20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of Research assignment:
15%
Examinations:
40%
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING
THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING
PUA314
15
Term
University
7
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Recall fundamentals of development planning and planning
techniques: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and
sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology;
principles and generalizations.
•
Develop a practically-oriented overview of various models of
development planning and major planning techniques.
•
Develop an understanding of the field from different disciplinary
perspectives.
•
Social mobilization approaches to development
•
Planning Human resource theories
•
Economic growth forecasting methods
•
Demographic-based projections
•
Micro and macro-economic models
PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212
None
None
228
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer
Assignments & tasks
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals/ contact with tutor
Total learning time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Hours
21
40
10
65
14
150
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
self-study:
10%
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:
20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of research assignment:
15%
Examinations:
40%
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR
MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR
PUA321
15
Term
University
7
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Explain management terminology; conventions; trends and
sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology;
principles and generalisations; and theories of management.
•
Explain the role, functions and skills requirements of the public
manager in a public sector environment.
•
Comprehend the utility of specific management techniques to
enhance efficient and effective decision-making.
Main Content
•
Fundamentals of public sector management
•
Roles & functions of the public manager in policymaking;
planning; organising; leadership; coordination and control;
evaluation, discipline and staff development
•
Changing roles of public managers and skills required
PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212, PUA221 (40%), PUA222
Pre-requisites
(40%)
None
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
Contact with lecturer
21
Contact with tutor
40
Assignments & tasks
10
Tests & examinations:
65
Self-study:
14
Practicals/ contact with tutor
150
Total learning time
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
Methods of Student
self-study:
10%
Assessment
Evaluation of the learner’ s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:
20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of research assignment:
15%
Examinations:
40%
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
229
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
rohibited Combinations
reakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer
Assignments & tasks
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals/ contact with tutor
Total learning time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION
DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION
PUA322
15
Term
University
7
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences;
classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles;
generalisations; and models of development.
•
Comprehend and explain the role of public administration in
promoting of especially socio-economic development
•
Apply models of development in particular development
situations.
•
Explain problems and challenges in development administration and
development crises in Third World countries.
•
Meanings and features of development administration and models
of development
•
Entrepreneurial public administration and the promotion of
developmental programmes
•
Public administration and public enterprise
•
Problems in development administration in the Third World
PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222
None
None
Hours
21
40
10
65
14
150
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
self-study:
10%
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions:
20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of research assignment:
15%
Examinations:
40%
PUA 323- Management Systems in the Public Sector
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR
PUA323
15
Term
University
7
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Explain terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences;
classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles
and generalisations of management systems in the public sector.
230
•
Explain application of management systems and techniques to
public sector programmes.
•
Apply relevant management techniques to particular and concrete
situations within public sector programmes.
The application of computerized information systems
Main Content
project management, systems analysis, PERT, CPM, and other systems
management approaches to public sector programmes.
PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222, PUA221 (40%)
Pre-requisites
None
Co-requisites
None
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time Hours
21
Contact with lecturer
40
Assignments & tasks
10
Tests & examinations:
65
Self-study:
Practicals/ contact with tutor 14
150
Total learning time
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
Methods of Student
self-study: 10%
Assessment
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions: 20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of research assignment:
15%
Examinations:
40%
Module Name
Home Department
Module topic
Generic module name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
PUA 324- Public Enterprise Management
SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT
PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT
PUA324
15
Term
University
7
After completion of the module students should be able to:
•
Recall terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences;
classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and
generalisations of public enterprises.
•
Understand and explain the classification, structures and
management systems of public enterprises.
•
Explain the role of public enterprises as major instruments of
development planning and implementation.
•
Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles
pertaining to the structure and management of public enterprises.
•
Examine the purposes, performance and problems of
management in public enterprises and their role in terms of
contribution to employment, investment and output.
Role of performance of public enterprises; Financial autonomy and
accountability; Coordination within government; Reform of public
enterprise; Privatisation and liquidation.
PUA131, GOV132, PUA 221, PUA 222
None
None
231
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer
Assignments & tasks
Tests & examinations:
Self-study:
Practicals/ contact with tutor
Total learning time
Methods of Student
Assessment
Hours
21
40
10
65
14
150
Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and
self-study: 10%
Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and
participation in tutorial sessions: 20%
Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%
Evaluation of research assignment: 15%
Examinations: 40%
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
NQF Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be
offered.
Programmes in which the
module will be offered
NQF level
Year Level
Main Outcomes
EMS
School of Government
Industrial Policy
Industrial Policy
IDP311
15
semester
First semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
BEcon
7
3
After completing this module, learners will be able to:
•
Evaluate i) the objectives of the NIPF ii) the strategic programs
of NIPF and iii) the implications of the accelerated and shared
growth initiative.
•
Explain the necessary conditions for industrialisation and ii)
discuss the pre-1994 and post 1994 industrial development
path of South Africa
•
Perform a situational analysis of industrial development in
South Africa by referring to aspects such as industrial
strategies, financing issues, skill & education issues, impact of
fiscal policy, technology & innovation, small business
development and competition policy.
•
Evaluate the recent industrial policy plan of government
The following main topics are covered in the module:
The concept of Industrial Policy & the National Industrial
Policy Framework (NIPF)
Industrialisation
Situational Analysis of Industrial Development
Industrial & Sector Strategies
Financing Issues of Industrial Policy
Skills & Education Issues for Industrial Policy
Industrial Regulation & Competition Policy
Industrial Policy & Fiscal Policy
Industrial Policy & Issues Pertaining
Industrial policy action Plan
ECO 231 and ECO 232
None
232
Prohibited module
Combination
Breakdown of Learning
Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals:
Test and Assessments
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Method of Student
Assessment
Assessment Module type
Hours
Time-table Requirement per week
28
35
1
6
51
150 hours
CPA
Lectures p.w.
Practicals p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks
233
Download